To be able to read comments and to add content you need to register
Sponsor Links
Blog entry
3 Feb 2013 - 10:31pm
TRIDDLE DI DIDDLE DEAR ONES!
It is I ruler of the known and unknown universe, other dimensional places and leader of the Loooove Revolution, your favourite guy of all time... SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI!
I am here to warn you about 'other' channels that are so out of my concern I never even noticed they were there! I realise I have a lot of fans who want to be like me but seriously? Where else can you get your misguided, unethical, untrue and blatently money making divine information from? Well... anywhere it seems. Short of using 'discernment' (although I don't know what that actually is.)One would be advised not to read these unscrupulous lies. In fact, the only way you can avoid being duped into giving all your money to liars is to purchase our brand new, aura strengthing, truth detector!
Ladies and gentlemen! Gather around! Why spend hours disconcerting yourself with discernment? What do words with three syllables mean anyway? Here is the aura strengthening truth detector that holds divine wisdom of the council of 8!
Indeed guys! We are very proud to announce all the divine wisdom of the universe has been gathered together in one easy to afford orb!
We bring you... The Magic 8 ball 'Ohhhh it's magic you know?'
This divine tool of resonance will indeed explain the difference between truth and lies, like it matters!
You will suddenly know exactly who to give all your money to! Me!
Magic 8 ball - ONLY £ 300! $500
Magic 8 ball activation prayer - ONLY £50 $80
Take the confusion out of divine knowledge, ease your daily persuit for inner turmoil, believe in the only alien who is really Lord!
Fluffy Light and you know 8 on its side is the sign of eternity don't you niave children? Hmmmm? Indeed a sign I think guys.
I AM SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI (Still calling a spade a spade - N O T a personal digging tool.)
Blog entry
3 Feb 2013 - 5:33pm
As the energy from December/January begins to settle, take the time to make sure you feel like your standing on firm ground. It has been a wild ride for many and things will actually take a wee break before we head for the energy gateway for March. Take the respite while you can!
The seeds have been planted and now need some time to germinate and grow for those of you who were doing your personal and spiritual lessons over the past few months and you might even find that you are not only processing through heightened senses and new sensitivities you are also adjusting to a lot of changes all around. Use this time wisely to find your footing and feel back in control as March is bringing with it more changes in a positive direction. (remember to spirit all growth is positive). Ask for clarity where you need it and also trust in yourself to do what is best and right for you. Don't chase the whims of the ego as it will just be distractions from what you are truly wantings. That being said, you can also create on a moments notice so take heed to your thoughts, your words and your deeds.
Things are looking up financial for many, either that or opportunities are opening up for you with a possibility for the abundance that you seek. There will be some important documents to sign or new contracts to consider as you are reaching a new level in professional life that is beginning to match your desires. Ask Archangel Raguel to help you mediate and understand any legal documents and important papers so that you not only understand, but feel sure in your choices. He will always act for the highest good of all and that is what you seek anyway.
The challenge of this energy is to not get caught up in anyone else's journey or dramas. It might even feel that there things are not turning out as hoped and you have to look at and revise your plans. This is not what is really happening so you will just have to trust for a few weeks while the rebalancing occurs in the new energy. Trust that things are happening behind the scenes and lining up for what is to come. Keep your focus on positive and wanted thoughts and see the positive side of this lull for rebalancing for yourself as well.
March is bringing great change so use this time to meditate, rest and get your bearings as when this time ends it going to come in like a lion. Embrace the change and expect things to get better and better from this point forward. You will find your relationships that most important will take on a new level of appreciation, understanding, and love.
You will be seeing things from an entirely new perspective and this is an important step in your growth and awakening. Trust your intuition and trust yourself. All your relationships will be developing to a new level and so it is important that you take care for yourself and others. Trust that you make objective choices and decision for yourself and with your higher self, allowing you to see the bigger picture and with the energy of unconditional love for yourself, others, and your journey.
Are you ready to start living your life with passion? Trust in yourself, trust in your journey, be your authentic, whole, beautiful self and follow your heart. That is our prescription, along with drink plenty of pure water and food filled with life force energy everyday to help you process your new talents and skills for this coming time of mastery.
Our first mercury retrograde happens on the 23rd-March 17th, and oftentimes we feel it's affects a bit before. I personally have felt like I have been in one ever since the last one in 2012 and during on Monday gathering on Spiritual Growth, Orin mentioned that as we shift vibrationally we can cause malfunctions with our equipment, and I have been adjusting to new sensitivities since early December. He also stated that they might start working after the adjustments, so you might want to wait before you throw something away.
Love and blessings, Sharon
http://sharontaphorn.blogspot.ca/2013/02/sharons-take-february-2013-getting.html
Article Copyright ©2013 by Sharon Taphorn
All rights reserved.
www.playingwiththeuniverse.com
♥♥♥
Teaching
3 Feb 2013 - 1:51pm
Negative Attitude: Causes, Consequences And Cures
By Simona Rich
http://www.personal-development-coach.net/negative-attitude.html
.
.
The Causes of Negative Attitude
Limiting beliefs. The main cause of negative attitude is wrong beliefs about life or certain aspects of it. You see the life through your beliefs and if your beliefs are negative, you will see your life as unhappy or downright pointless. So to change such attitude you need to change your beliefs.
Negative family/friends. It seems that your friends and family affect how you feel and if your family is negative, they cause your bad attitude. That’s, however, not the case because only you can decide how you feel. I know this may seem unreal to those who hear it for the first time, but you and only you can decide how to react to anything that happens to you.
You don’t have to get upset when someone tries to get you upset. You can choose to remain calm or even be happy. If you allow others to decide how you should feel, you let them have control over you. That’s, of course, not a wise decision since people usually mind their own well-being first.
You always have choices. If your family is negative, for example, you can choose to live away from them or at least see them less often. If your friends are negative, you can simply refuse to be with them. This will definitely be beneficial because then nobody will reinforce your negative beliefs and thus cause your negative attitude. Remember, however, that you attracted your friends and because of that you have the power to attract better ones.
Negative environment. If you do not see the relation between your thoughts and the environment that you find yourself in, it’s no surprise that you assume that you have no power to change it. So when you think you are powerless over your environment and your environment is negative, that causes your negative attitude.
To change that you need to understand that your thinking led you to this environment and it wasn’t so simply by accident. So to change your negative environment you need to change your thinking which will be described further on in this article.
Unsatisfying circumstances/life. If you find yourself complaining about how unhappy you are, it’s exactly the reason you have such a negative attitude. It may be hard at first to understand and accept this but the quicker you do, the quicker you will be able to change your life for the better. Your complaining alone can keep you stuck in the circumstances that you find unsatisfying. So to change your life you should stop complaining and start working on improving your life.
The Consequences of Negative Attitude
Negative attitude Shortens your life. The more often you become angry, upset or frustrated, the less days you will have left to live. I know this is extreme, but that’s how it is. You are shortening your life every time you let negative emotions overtake you.
Such attitude Creates unpleasant future. Your present actions determine your future. If you constantly moan and are dissatisfied with your circumstances, in the future you are sure to meet with more of the things you are unhappy about. The more you complain, the more things you will find to complain about.
It harms others. Your negative mood affects people around you. You should never make others feel bad because by doing so you are contributing not only to your own misery, but to the unhappiness of others also.
Such attitude produces negative effects. Every cause has an effect and so your negative attitude (cause) produces negative circumstances. Mostly people think it’s the other way round, but that’s not the case. Your thinking causes your circumstances.
How To Change Negative Attitude
It is possible to change negative attitude, but it will not be easy. If you lived your life seeing only dark colours, you cannot turn this around in a day. However, by taking small and consistent steps you will gradually become a happier person.
The best way to change your mental state is by understanding the outcome of negativity. Carefully read the consequences of negative attitude and they will serve as reminders as soon as your mood goes down. You will think twice before getting upset, angry or depressed. And Yes, you cause your own mood and you can change it by simply focusing on good aspects of your life or imagining something positive. You are not at the mercy of different kinds of negative feelings that visit you when you least expect. You can control how you feel.
As soon as you spot a negative aspect of a situation or thing, try your best to find its positive aspect instead. For example, if you oversleep, you will think that you will be late for work. Instead try to find something positive that you gain from over-sleeping. You may realise that your efficiency will increase significantly because of the extra hours of sleep. So always look at the positive aspects of any situation that you find yourself in.
You should try to understand what causes your negative attitude. It might be that you live with a person who constantly ruins your mood or it may also be something to do with your past. Maybe something happened to you that made you deeply upset and you have not recovered from that incident since. Try to understand that the incident is long gone, and you should not live in the shadow of it. Your past can only have influence on your present if you let it. Remember, your whole power is in the present moment.
Positive thinking is not enough. If you cannot find the cause of your negative attitude, you will only cover this attitude with positive words which will do no good to you. So try to find the cause of it and this will allow you to change your negative attitude.
Sometimes causes are internal rather than external. In fact, any external cause will lead you to the deeper, internal cause. For example, you might understand that you are negative because your family makes you negative. But when you dig deeper, you may realize that you feel unworthy as a person and you project this unworthiness onto your family and that makes you angry at them. It’s true that the qualities you don’t like in other people are yours, so it’s not others that are at fault but you. So in this example you uncover that it’s your limiting belief of unworthiness that makes you negative. The next step will be to eliminate it and then your attitude will improve.
The Types of Negative Attitude
There are certain types of people that indulge in negative states of mind. They are all different in some ways of thinking and acting, but the unifying feature of all of them is their constant negativity. Here are several types of such personalities:
The miserable type. Such people are grumpy from the start of the day. They meet with failures as soon as they wake up, which sets their day to be full of anger and hopelessness.
Usually this type of people keep to themselves and their presence makes others moody. People instantly feel their bad energy and try to stay away from them.
When you talk to the person of this type, s/he may insult you without even intending so. This is because their negativity is so aligned with who they are that they cannot recognise if they make others happy or sad.
The most interesting distinction of this type is that they are mainly unaware of their mental state. They don’t realise that they are negative.
Friendship with the miserable type of people can get you seriously depressed. This is because they have a very strong negative energy resonating from them which might draw you in. This is especially true if you are mentally weak or insecure.
Silent killer. Such people usually understand psychology quite well. They use this knowledge to gradually introduce hatred, anger and low self-esteem in others. They do this by making remarks about how others behave or look. They know that their remarks are destructive, but others may not realise that.
For example, your friend casually implies that you should not wear this type of suit because it emphasizes your waist. Do you see the real intention behind the advice?
Another example could be such situation. You have just met your dream partner and you are in love with each other. You meet your friend and start conversation about your new partner. The friend makes such remark: ‘Hmm, I wonder what made her choose you…’
This kind of advice or statement makes you question your appearance and abilities which leads to low self-esteem and self-doubt.
The reason why silent killers act this way is because they are very insecure beings. Because of that, they want to make others feel as insecure as them. Getting others in such negative state gives them reassurance, control and satisfaction.
Drama queen This is the most common type. Their emotions range from anger to self-pity, and every small incident can be turned into the storm. They seem to like the fact that they can change how others feel and be the centres of attention.
Such people are needy and insecure, they crave for constant reassurance. They strive for attention and approval. If they don’t receive what they want, they begin acting in childish ways. They may start crying, throwing things around or trying to get on others’ nerves.
That eventually backfires on them. Once that happens, drama queens become scared and surprised by the reaction they caused. This way drama queens try to make others feel guilty and cruel.
This kind of behaviour is the result of neediness and low self esteem.
Woe is me. Such people love to talk about their failures to everyone who would listen. They do that purely to get attention and sympathy of others.
Many people do not realise that such unfortunate stories can do a lot of harm. You should stay away from such people because they will draw you in to their world of unfairness and unhappiness.
This especially applies if you are mentally weak. By listening to the stories of the ‘woe is me’ type, you are likely to start visualising their troubles and invite them into your own life.
The paranoid type. They perceive others to be constantly trying to worsen their lives. If they go shopping, they think that shopkeepers are trying to rip them off; If someone wants to befriend them, they think that s/he wants something in return for the friendship.
Many people who live in foreign countries fall into this type. Once they encounter one unfortunate situation when they are treated unfairly because they are foreign, they start to see unfairness everywhere. It may come to the stage where they would see that everyone is against them because of their skin colour or accent.
This negative attitude is mainly caused by self-doubt and poor self-image.
Trigger type. Such people seek ways to release their anger or self-pity. An example would be a person who gets into the conversation with someone who is sure to make him feel angry or hopeless. This way he destroys his mental balance and health.
Another example could be a person who tries to spark an argument. He starts accusing someone of doing something insignificant and continue with his/her accusations until another person finally breaks down.
By releasing their emotions they discharge their negativity and give some of their negative energy to the people they argue with.
These are the most common types of people with negative attitude. One person can have a mixture of several types, but then one type will be more prominent than others.
Conclusion
Negative attitude serves no good to you or others. The quicker you start changing, the sooner you will notice the benefits you will get.
People will start treating you differently and you will notice opportunities everywhere you go. You will start seeing the world as full of happiness and possibilities.
From now on, start planting seeds of joy, love and happiness. This will pave your way to success in everything you do.
Teaching
3 Feb 2013 - 1:22pm
Self-pity - the silent killer
Written by, Greg Moore
http://www.examiner.com/article/self-pity-the-silent-killer
“Self-pity is the psychological state of mind of an individual in perceived adverse situations who has not accepted the situation and does not have the confidence nor ability to cope with it. It is characterized by a person's belief that he or she is the victim of events and is therefore deserving of condolence. Self-pity is generally regarded as a negative emotion in that it does not generally help deal with adverse situations. However, in a social context, it may result in either the offering of sympathy or advice. Self-pity may be considered normal, and in certain circumstances healthy, so long as it is transitory and leads to either acceptance or a determination to change the situation.
Self-pity can be remarkably self-sustaining particularly in conjunction with depression or other conditions. For example: a child at school feels badly because they see others as more social or outgoing. If the child does not take action by attempting to get to know others despite potential negative consequences (such as rejection) then they may continue to feel alone, and their feelings of self-pity will be sustained. Self-pity is a way of not going through your own feelings, not paying attention to your own pain, and how much the situation is hurting you. It is a way of gaining attention from others to receive recognition for the pain they have cost you and waiting for them to feel sorry for you.
Social-Learning theorists purport that self-pity is a method for gaining attention, probably as a child, where an individual received attention, support, and nurturing while being sick or hurt. The child then grows up having learned to give attention to oneself (or ask for attention from others) while in real or dramatized distress to receive the same payoff. Thus, another form of self-sustainment can be sympathy offered by others: "oh, you poor thing." This is particularly true of individuals who exhibit sociopathic or psychopathic tendencies[citation needed] and rely on the sympathy offered by others as a means to manipulate.
The nature and depth of human pride are illuminated by comparing boasting with self-pity. Both are manifestations of pride. Boasting is the response of pride to success. Self-pity is the response of pride to suffering. Boasting says, “I deserve admiration because I have achieved so much.” Self-pity says, “I deserve admiration because I have sacrificed so much.” Boasting is the voice of pride in the heart of the strong. Self-pity is the voice of pride in the heart of the weak. Boasting sounds self-sufficient. Self-pity sounds self-sacrificing.
The reason self-pity does not look like pride is that it appears to be needy. But the need arises from a wounded ego, and the desire of the self-pitying is not really for others to see them as helpless, but as heroes. The need self-pity feels does not come from a sense of unworthiness, but from a sense of unrecognized worthiness. It is the response of unapplauded pride.” (end of qoute from Wikipedia)
Interesting; a key issue in recovery is overcoming selfishness; overcoming the selfish pattern of behavior that seeks to gain attention or sympathy through our suffering. It bears emphasis that this behavior purports to be dealing with suffering while not really dealing with it at all. Self-pity is a pernicious form of denial. It certainly doesn’t seem that way when we are in the throes of it, yet it is true. Combine that behavior with the tendency of others to offer sympathy and advice and the potential for self aggrandizement is maximized. We are in the spotlight!
So, what is the way out?
First, as recovering people from any depreciating situation or issue, we must recognize and admit it when it sets in.
Second; be willing to process the emotions and reality of whatever event or chain of events has transpired. In other words, admit that what is, is what it is. Then let ourselves feel the pain and grieve if we need to.
Third; take what constructive action we can.
Fourth; seek to be of usefulness to others give away some positive spirit and energy. Get out of our self centered, attention getting behavior and serve.
Teaching
2 Feb 2013 - 12:22pm
The Power of the Spoken Word
http://www.templeofthepresence.org
Words have more power than we customarily attribute to them. They go forth with a vibration that can be uplifting, comforting, healing, encouraging or depressing, antagonistic, damaging, discouraging. Whatever the level of vibration, it goes out into space and lingers there, affecting the atmosphere surrounding us. You have probably experienced this. Therefore, if you want to produce goodness in your world, it is important that the words you speak and thoughts you engage reflect that quality.
The Mind of God knows only Perfection. Hence, every Decree sent forth from the Mighty I AM Presence creates only Good. As we more and more make the connection with our Presence and call forth the Light of God, we begin to build a momentum of creating goodness in our own world and for others. As long as we are consistent with our calls, the momentum continues to build, magnifying goodness, promoting healing, producing abundance, forging peace and every Virtue that exists in the Consciousness of God. This is how we manifest change in our life and our world.
When, however, we become lackadaisical in making our calls, our momentum stalls and can diminish if left unattended too long. In one sense, the Light of God is like a fiery furnace that needs to be constantly fueled to keep the fire raging. As the fire diminishes, so does the power of the flame to produce heat. In Truth, the Light of God is a Sacred Fire that can only act in our world if we continue to call it forth, for Divine Law prevents the Light from acting on our behalf unless invited by our free will.
The Ascended Masters have furnished us with Decrees, Affirmations, and Fiats designed to call forth the Light of God into various situations in our life. Decrees of Adoration help us commune more deeply with our I AM Presence, and it is only from within that communion with our Presence that we are able to effectively call protection, illumination, healing, abundance, and all other God Good to ourselves and others.
Of course, our lives need to be in alignment with the Qualities we are invoking. We cannot be decreeing to transmute and balance past negative karma at the same time we are consciously creating more negative karma and expect to be making any progress. There needs to be a certain degree of striving to attain the Qualities we are calling forth and, at the same time, the absolute conviction that the call does compel the answer.
Teaching
2 Feb 2013 - 12:11pm
May the Great Spirit bless you
.
.
Holy Locks
http://ajahdharma.wordpress.com/ajah/dreadlocks-the-symbol-of-a-holy-man/
.
.
“The long-haired one endures fire, the long-haired one endures poison, the long-haired one endures both worlds. The long-haired one is said to gaze full on heaven, the long-haired one is said to be that light … Of us, you mortals, only our bodies do you behold. …For him has the Lord of life churned and pounded the unbendable, when the long-haired one, in Rudra’s company, drank from the poison cup.”
-(The Keshin Hymn, Rig-veda 10.136)
(Dreading is not essential, and many people with fine hair don’t bother dreading it. Long hair is a living part of you, whether knotted or not.)
the long hair wears the flag of freedom, of Ajah…
as they say let your freak flag fly…
Dreadlocks are usually intentionally formed; because of the variety of different hair textures, various methods are used to encourage the formation of locks. Also leaving long hair to its own devices by not brushing or cutting the hair will encourage it to tangle together as it grows, leading to twisted, matted ropes of hair known as dreadlocks. Dreadlocks are associated most closely with the Rastafari movement, but people from many ethnic groups in history before them have worn dreadlocks, including many ancient Semitic and Indo-Aryan peoples of the Near East and Asia Minor, Sadhus of Nepal, India and the Sufi Rafaees, the Māori people of New Zealand, the Maasai and the Oromo of East Africa, and the Sufi malangs and fakirs of Pakistan, and medieval Irish Warriors. The dreadlock is a symbol of pride in who you are, which is the self. In African religions the dreadlock to a man, as a mane is for a lion, we should all live as lions, Kings of the jungle, teachers of truth to the one people.Long Dreads express a spiritual significance which implies the wearer has special relations with spirits, is an immortal traveler between two worlds and the master over fire.
trimming the hair not only declines this gift of God but, in a sense, disfigures the shape of man. And the Ajah perspective, long hair helps raise the Kundalini energy that increases tranquility, vitality and intuition.
Cutting the hair impedes transmitting light from the bones in the forehead to the third eye, which affects brain activity, the thyroid, and sexual hormones. By cutting hair not only lose energy and nourishment, but that the body must then manufacture a great deal of vital energy in regrowing the missing hair.
Hair also directs sun energy to the frontal lobes where meditation takes place. These “receptors” act as conduits that allow greater amounts of cosmic energy.
dreaded Rasta
Locks are an expression of deep religious or spiritual conviction ,in fact several ascetic groups within various major religions have at times worn their hair in locks, including the monks of the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church, the Nazirites of Judaism, Qalandari Sufi’s the Sadhus of Hinduism, and the Dervishes of Islam among others. The very earliest Christians also may have worn this hairstyle. Particularly noteworthy are descriptions of James the Just, first Bishop of Jerusalem, who wore them to his ankles.
an elder sadhu with long dreads
Shiva and his followers were described in the scriptures as wearing “jaTaa”, meaning “twisted locks of hair”, among the Sadhus and Sadhvis, Indian holy men and women, locks are sacred, considered to be a religious practice and an expression of their disregard for vanity, as well as a symbol of their spiritual understanding that physical appearances are unimportant. The public symbol of matted hair is re-created each time an individual goes through these unique experiences.In almost all myths about Shiva and his flowing locks, there is a continual interplay of extreme asceticism and virile potency, which link the elements of destruction and creation, whereas the full head of matted hair symbolizes the control of power. Gangadhara Shiva captures and controls the river Ganges with his locks, whose descent from the heavens would have deluged the world. The river is released through the locks of his hair, which prevents the river from destroying earth. As the Lord of Dance, Nataraja, Shiva performs the tandava, which is the dance in which the universe is created, maintained, and resolved. Shiva’s long, matted tresses, usually piled up in a kind of pyramid, loosen during the dance and crash into the heavenly bodies, knocking them off course or destroying them utterly.
Locks in India are reserved nearly exclusively for holy people. According to the ‘Hymn of the longhaired sage’ in the ancient Vedas. (Hymn under title)
Putting hair up during the day helps absorb solar energy; keeping it down at night absorbs lunar energy. Braiding the hair down at night also helps balance out the electromagnetic field from the day’s activities. The best way to energize your aura and brain cells, and stimulate the pineal gland in the center of the brain, is by putting up the hair in a “Rishi knot”. (In India, a Rishi is a wise one who coils his or her hair on the crown of the head.) According to Yogi Bhajan, “The activation of your pineal results in a secretion that is central to the development of higher intellectual functioning, as well as higher spiritual perception.”
Natural Hair Care
There are many natural ways to care for hair:
Apply a mix of almond oil with a few drops of sandalwood oil to the hair
Jojoba and rose oil is great for healing curly hair
To prevent hair loss massage the scalp with coconut oil, then sit in sunlight until dry
Maintain good hair and scalp health with vitamin A, C, E and lecithin
Consuming onions and olives helps balance hormones and rejuvenates hair
Treat split ends not with trimming but a small amount of almond oil (leave in overnight but be sure to rinse!); it takes approximately 3 years for new hair receptors to form at the tips
Dry clean, wet hair naturally by sitting in the sun, which also allows the absorption of Vitamin D
Yogis recommend shampooing about every 72 hours
Washing the hair after an upset is emotionally beneficial
For better brain health keep hair natural and healthy; silver or white hair color increases the vitamins and energy flow that compensate for aging
Blog entry
1 Feb 2013 - 5:53pm
CONNECT WITH THE LIFE FORCE
~ John & Patrice Robson
www.higherawareness.com
"The spirit down here in man and the spirit up there in the sun, in reality are only one spirit, and there is no other one."
~ The Upanishads
We regard our lives as made up of an infinite number of separate bits and pieces. That is how our senses perceive our universe.
But science has now affirmed what the sages always knew. The life force is the foundation of all, unseen and untouched though it may be.
It flows through everyone and everything. It is impossible to exist separate and apart from the source of all creation.
"Everything you see has its roots in the unseen world.
The forms may change, yet the essence remains the same.
Every wonderful sight will vanish; every sweet word will fade,
But do not be disheartened,
The source they come from is eternal, growing,
Branching out, giving new life and new joy.
Why do you weep?
The source is within you
And this whole world is springing up from it."
~ Jelaluddin Rumi
Blog entry
1 Feb 2013 - 2:45pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: I started Yoni Mudra Kumbhaka two weeks ago and since then I have been feeling a strange new connection between my head and my perineum. I do Sambhavi and I feel it down there. I put my tongue on the roof of my mouth and I feel it down there. It's pretty nice and sexual, but also pretty strange. Is this the Ecstatic Conductivity you often mention? It seems to be so. Why is it happening, and where is it leading? Where did the term Ecstatic Conductivity come from? I have never seen it in a yoga book.
A: What a beautiful experience. Yes, it is the beginning of ecstatic conductivity, and once it has begun, it will be with you to stay. A level of purification has been reached in your nervous system where your previously learned practices, combined with the addition of yoni mudra kumbhaka, have given rise to that telltale inner sensuality between the brain and the root. It is an awakening of your spinal nerve, which has led to conscious sensations between the upper and lower extremities of it. This is an excellent way to begin a gentle and loving kundalini awakening, with balance of ecstatic energies between head and root right from the start. It means you have good inner silence available to blend in a progressive and healthy way with the rise of ecstatic energies in your nervous system.
How you conduct your practices from now on will determine the rate at which the awakening will continue. If you were to stop practices today, it would likely stay at about the current level of connectedness, or "ecstatic conductivity." As you continue with practices, which I'm sure you will, the ecstatic conductivity will increase over time. It should be a comfortable and smooth unfoldment as you continue to be attentive to self-pacing in practices according to your experiences. We can thank the purifying and stabilizing influences of deep meditation and spinal breathing for our continuing growth and stability.
I confess that the term "ecstatic conductivity" is something I came up with many years ago to describe my own experiences with it, which were similar to the experiences you are beginning now. It is the awakening of kundalini, and we also use kundalini terminology to describe it. Every tradition has its own language for the experience. In these modern times, where we are able to understand such changes as an awakening of the latent capabilities in our nervous system, we can describe it as the rise of increased conductivity in the electrical circuits (nerves) in our body. That is what it is. And it is pleasurable, as you point out. The pleasure keeps increasing as the conductivity increases, eventually beyond all human comprehension, I might add. So it can be called "ecstatic" conductivity, which it certainly is.
Why is it happening to you now, and where is it leading? Well, it is your time, you know. You are doing powerful practices every day, and the time has come for your nervous system to open. It is like a second puberty that is happening in so many of us as we begin our journey into the internal divine lovemaking that leads to the unity enlightenment stage. When kundalini begins to awaken, the inner union, the marriage of our divine polarities, is in the offing. It could take only a few years, or many years, for the process to complete itself, depending on the remaining obstructions in our nervous system, and the degree of dedication we have in our daily practices. And where will it lead? Union is freedom in unending ecstatic bliss and divine love, of course. It is our destiny – it is the birthright of each and every one of us. We have explored this in discussions in the lessons on the milestones and stages we experience on the journey to enlightenment.
The fruition of the journey was also discussed recently in the AdvancedYogaPractices Tantra group, from a slightly different perspective – the point of view of "Sri Vidya" and its "Sri Yantra" sacred diagram. You may wish to review that lesson. If you are not a member of the Tantra group yet, you can review a copy of the lesson that I've pasted below.
I wish you all success as you continue on your journey to ecstatic
bliss and unending divine love.
The guru is in you.
******************************************
Copy of a lesson posted in AdancedYogaPractices Tantra Group,
4/18/04, at:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/AdvancedYogaPractices_Tantra
Subject: Sri Vidya – The fruition of tantra (http://aypsite.com/T25.html)
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of this tantra yoga archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "What is tantra yoga?" (http://aypsite.com/T1.html)
As was mentioned in the first lesson here, tantra has often been condemned as degenerate in the East and misunderstood (with great enthusiasm) as a sexual cult in the West. What we find as we travel our serious path of yoga is that tantra includes everything we are doing, and probably a lot we are not doing. Tantra is the most all-encompassing approach to yoga, leaving no stones unturned.
But where does it all lead? What is the end of tantra? What is its fruition? In the main lessons, and here in the tantra group also, we have discussed the union of our inner polarities as being the end of all our yoga practice. There are many ways to describe this process – as many ways as there are spiritual traditions in the world. No matter how described, it is the same process of human spiritual transformation.
On the level of our personal experience in the body it is the union of our blissful inner silence, cultivated mainly in deep meditation, with our whole body ecstasy, cultivated in spinal breathing and other pranayamas, mudras, bandhas and tantric sexual methods.
On the level of tantric mythological metaphors it is the union of Shiva and Shakti, which correspond to the direct experiences of silence and ecstasy just mentioned.
The rise of Shiva, Shakti and their final union everywhere within us make up the three stages of enlightenment – First, 24/7 inner silence. Second, 24/7 whole body ecstasy. And third, 24/7 ecstatic bliss, the joining of the divine polarities of silence and ecstasy, yielding an endless outpouring of divine love, which is unity.
If you imagine the rise of a conscious ecstatic resonance vibrating in every atom of your body, occurring between every nucleus and its surrounding electrons, you will have an idea of the depth of the transformation. It is an unending cosmic orgasm within every cell and atom in us.
This fruition of divine transformation is recognized in a scriptural and experiential branch of tantra known as, "Sri Vidya," which means "glorious knowledge." It is the knowledge of ecstatic bliss, expressed with mathematical precision. If this seems like a paradox then it is surely divine, for divine truth is a paradox. If it seems to be wildly ecstatic, it will be heading toward spiritual precision. If it seems to be mathematically exact, then it will soon to be undoing us in an ecstatic reverie. Nowhere is this better expressed than in Sri Vidya's sacred diagram called "Sri Yantra," sometimes called "Sri Chakra." You can view it at the following links, which can also be found in the links section of this group:
http://www.aypsite.com/sriyantra.html
http://www.isibrno.cz/~gott/mandalas.htm
If you do a web search on "Sri Yantra" you can find many versions of Sri Yantra, and endless discussions about it. Perhaps you are familiar with it already.
A version of interest for this discussion is the blue Sri Yantra in the link showing a white dot in every blue triangle in the yantra. This depicts the ongoing sexual union of Shiva (masculine white lingam bindu dots) and Shakti (feminine blue yoni triangles) in every atom of the cosmos. Sri Yantra in its entirety also represents the sushumna/spinal nerve/tunnel, the nervous system, and the divine union occurring everywhere up and down inside us.
Mathematically, Sri Yantra recreates the wave pattern formed by the vibration of "OM," the sacred sound that is found humming naturally within the human nervous system as purification and opening occurs. OM emanates up through the medulla oblongata, the brain stem, forward through the center of the head, and out the third eye. OM is no small, quaint thing that happens inside us. It is "roaring devastating ecstasy" breaking loose inside us, and is synonymous with the highest stages of tantric sexual cultivation. OM is kundalini is full ecstatic swing. So here you have the sexual connection between Sri Vidya, Sri Yantra and tantric sexual practices.
How is one to use the Sri Yantra, if at all? Some traditions use it as an object of meditation. In these lessons we will not. When OM comes, Sri Yantra will be there in us. We become Sri Yantra when we manifest the ecstatic vibration of OM, which is the sound of kundalini/Shakti ravishing her Shiva within us. As this occurs throughout our whole body, we become the Sri Yantra itself. The Sri Yantra is a representation of our nervous system in its highest mode of spiritual reverie.
When you look at the Sri Yantra from time to time, just be aware that this is a representation of your rising inner spiritual dynamic, as well as the ecstatic nature of the cosmos. It is both the microcosm and the macrocosm, and so are we. It is a confirmation and a reminder of what we are consciously becoming through our advanced yoga practices, including those we talk about here in the tantra group. Whole body union of ecstatic bliss is what we are cultivating ourselves toward, and this is what Sri Yantra is.
Let there be no condemnation or misunderstanding about it. No apology is necessary for cultivating human spiritual transformation to its highest level. So cultivate away!
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/169.html
Teaching
1 Feb 2013 - 12:40pm
Appreciate your own Sunshine
written by, Julie Miller
[personal file]
February 01, 2013
How many times do we take even the smallest things for granted; like being able to brush your hair, making bread or other hands-on sticky recipes, being able to tie shoes, etc.? We have learned over the course of our lives regardless of our age how to be thankful of the big things that are easily seen but the small things also make up a great part of our presence – we are a balance of both.
Any person that has endured a broken bone understands what it is like to do without a specific motor function…all that we do effects so much. How we gain the broken bone isn’t really relevant but the lessons that come with it are astronomical. Anytime we must live without something even for a few weeks requires adjustment for our whole being to take on…it’s a learning opportunity that includes the areas that may have been previously ignored.
The right side of the body represents the masculine whereas the left side represents the feminine aspect. Most of the time when we go about our day we do not think of right side vs. left side or masculine vs. feminine when we feel a sudden ache or we bump into something and receive a bruise. Whenever we do find ourselves stumbling it is up to ourselves to know why. Our body with its subtle messages provides us with a lifetime of information and stored knowledge - opportunities for deeper growth and understanding is presented when we discover a new ache or pain. All the clever books written cannot tell you the knowledge your body has for you. Our bodies speak to us in a language that is discernible for each person…What a marvel on ingenuity to appreciate!
Sometimes it is hard to appreciate and rejoice in the challenges that are presented to us when any kind of pain is involved. It’s always easier to appreciate the easy stuff, but the hard and most trying of challenges also require appreciation. Everything we do comes with a momentous amount of lessons, from walking to the store, to saying, “Excuse me” as you move past another person, to a family or close friend that has been seriously hurt or discovering a new illness – lessons surround us as soon as we wake and until we go to sleep again. And our lessons surround the choices we make.
Making mistakes, accidents, errors, etc., are a part of life. We cannot progress without them. As predictable our life can become or how boring it can seem at times, our life is a precious gift. Each mistake we make we need to appreciate what we learned from it, and the learning isn’t just providing us with one possible soul-ution but many and the one we choose is the one we must stick to and be responsible for and appreciate. There are no such things as accidents, only opportunities to try again, develop keener observation skills, and to appreciate the specialness of your life. There is never any reason for a person of any age to be bored when life presents us with endless opportunities and choices to enrich our lives.
Sometimes we must repeat mistakes before we learn the lesson that is involved and break its cycle and some cycles are described as vicious. They can be exhausting and repeating cycles seem to develop a life of their own if we let them and that is the key…if we let them. At every step of our journey, no matter who else may be involved we are solely responsible for the choices we make and the sooner we give appreciation to them, the sooner we see and learn the lesson then the quicker we move ahead into new challenges and lessons that are always for our benefit. The knowledge we have gained, and the wisdom we have is on-going. How we choose to react to each new challenge also determines the duration and level of energy that will be utilized. No matter how difficult it is to face those hard circumstances with a smile or laugh each time it is important for you, for us and for me. Don’t chastise yourself if you find yourself tired during some issues but perfectly okay with others, our psyche reacts to change at different speeds for different things. Embrace the changes as best you can and appreciate yourself with self-love and self-care; learn and think that this mistake, this pain or this lesson is an opportunity to learn and to increase our knowledge of ourselves that will definitely help our interactions with others.
Life is a gift, most definitely. Trying to put ourselves in another person’s shoes to experience what it is like to manoeuvre with a broken bone is very difficult in order to appreciate the ability and value to being able to do the smallest of things. Unfold this mystery by not imagining but to visualize going through our exact day with a broken hand, or broken leg or with an illness that drains you almost instantly. Discover the challenges you will most likely face that were not there before, a very big WOW moves through not only your busy mind but throughout your whole self with new-found understanding and awareness. Yes we must continue moving forward solving our own mystery of our own life but taking on a more observant and appreciative approach is good to manifest all possible positive outcomes. Embrace and rejoice to learn why only one part or side of the body had to get your attention, learn what could be lacking and work at re-balancing your Self from the inside and discover more about yourself from the adventure.
Appreciation is more than saying thank you for a gift or praise, appreciation is acknowledging that what you have is suffice because there are others that are worse off. Even within the spiritual circles there is too much complaining, competition among people instead of truly unifying through good-natured love for one another. Appreciate each other with love and respect; appreciate the good and the bad. We are derived of both negative and positive traits, negative and positive energies – appreciate all for they speak of you and of me as active beings working together bring unity in our own way on a global scale.
If the coffee/tea in your cup grows cold don’t complain appreciate that you have a beverage that was once hot and you can still drink it; we must remember there are many who would love to have that cold drink and things could always be worse than a cold coffee or tea. Smile more often especially during the darkest of times – be your own sunshine.
Brightest Blessings
Julie Miller
Story
1 Feb 2013 - 3:38am
Hello everyone,
You may have heard the terms density and vibration thrown around. It is sometimes clear that there's some relation between the two, however even Brian is a little confused by it. It's a little ironic because he comes with a Metatronic blending and though he does have a natural intuitiveness when it comes to metaphysics, he has more interest in what you could call "high level" applications of Metatronic energies versus getting into the nitty-gritty details. So a lot of this will be new to him. So that's where we come in for this channeling, to perhaps fill that gaps so he can accurately reflect these topics for you. Yet, he's doing a lot of work since we don't use your terminology or come from your physical perspective and obviously this topic is somewhat technical and the description has to be tailored to your experience. We are giving the energy, and giving his ego a little more control than normal so he can assist with the translation. So now to get into it...
From a perspective of definition, density and vibration will seem different. Density is how tightly packed energies are together. Vibration is how quickly things change and usually these changes are in a seemingly cyclic nature giving the impression of vibration, thus making the word appropriate.
When you throw a few vibrations together, the equivalent of modulation in your science, you get things that change in non-cyclical ways even if their components change cyclically. You are a bundle - or blending - of vibrations, versus just one vibration. You can describe a vibrational level of your physical body, and that'd be more or less an aggregate vibration. However, that's an approximation. You would have a much harder time describing the vibration of the soul since it is so diverse. Additionally, both body and soul are made of many bundles of different vibrations and even these bundles differ moment to moment along with the aggregate vibrational levels. One moment you feel you are on top of the world, and the next moment you stub your toe on the curb and get upset. Then you realize while looking down at your foot that there's a one hundred dollar bill on the ground and you're happy again. The vibration changes between these three events like a roller-coaster and that is sometimes how it is. On another front, beings like humans have many commonalities between how their bodies' vibrations work and interact, however even amongst humans there is variation. Nevertheless, you take all beings both with form and without in the universe, you get a huge amount of variation making humans seem very similar in vibration and function. So there is no single set of "rules". Yet for human beings, obviously you can define some commonalities that usually apply, at least on your world.
However, the main topic of discussion is how density relates to vibration. We're going to give a relation between density and vibration that usually holds up, though there are exceptions even for your world. All things being equal, higher density usually results in lower vibration because it constrains the flow of energy. The reason for this takes a little expansion of the understanding of what a vibration is. A vibration is not usually working with energies like your light and matter and electricity, though those are of course form-based energies that carry vibrations, but instead typically working with energy that is more or less "formless". Some call it light but a different kind of light. We'll just call it formless vibrational energy. "Well, if it's formless, then how can it have a vibration?" The answer is because it carries potentials of specific forms, but these potentials are not yet expressed (it is more than one thing at once). The potentials still impact the vibration of this energy. It can be considered "All of the above", instead of one thing, so-to-speak. Most beings live in this "formlessness". However, your physical selves live instead in a world that is primarily not "formless" and only a small amount of the energy is formless. In your world, when you decide what that energy is, then it takes on only the vibration of what you decided to see. The other vibrations disappear from your view, and this "thing" becomes more concrete. Another effect is that the "formless" energies tend to spread out more, and this will take a leap in understanding because they aren't really spreading out in time and space but you could say areas between spaces, other dimensions or whatever you want to call it. Dimensions can mean a lot of things but we're talking about formless dimensions. Quite interestingly, where you don't see a lot of form, you see empty space between worlds, for instance. In the other dimensions, there is no empty space but instead a more homogenous spreading out, so this is unique to your dimension.
Now, let's forget about the universe for a second and just focus on one world. A beautiful blue world that you call Earth. What you call your home. There is another component to density. We discussed how density is increased when formless potentials become form. We mentioned that thought causes this creation of dense energy and form. Now, what happens when you get a bunch of humans together? You get an interesting effect because thought can carry a density with it. When it comes to the planet surface, a city's infrastructure is not more dense than an ocean or mountain. It's all pretty similar density from an energy perspective. In fact, a mountain can be more dense than a city, but from a universal perspective the difference is negligible. But now when you take the shell of a city and you pack a lot of people into it, you get a concentration of dense thought. When you take a world, and you pack a lot more people into it, you get more dense thought.
All things being equal, this dense thought yields a lower vibrational environment. There is a balancing effect, since the concentration of human consciousness also brings in more potentials, more conscious energy, and can counter-act the effect the density to help raise aggregate vibration over what you call time and specifically through social growth and expansion. This is through things like the ability to focus less on survival and having more energies available to explore. Yet, for the individual, the increased density that results is usually more constraining. The individual seems to suffer. Yet it all depends on the individuals. For, the time you may call biblical times in fact was less dense but also carried lower vibrations across the aggregate of society than your world does now. The individual had an easier time raising their vibration, but the whole of society was lower vibration than yours is now and the average individual lived more in a more primal way. That was their choice. Each individual would have had an easier time at raising their vibration had they so chosen.
So you can see that for the individual, density makes raising vibration harder. Yet when individuals are involved, it is up to the society and the individuals whether or not they choose to raise their vibration. All things being equal, higher density is usually lower vibration. But when you involve human beings and the impact their consciousness can bring, all things are usually not equal, anymore.
The world you are living in right now is extremely dense. It's denser than almost anything in your linear history and most of you have never incarnated into an experience so dense. So we have to give you a lot of credit. You are very brave knowing full well the difficulty you'd have raising your individual vibrations and the sacrifice it is in order to bring in more energies for the society as a whole.
Now, we are going to bring up one more thing that is important right now. What happens if you can take the amount of vibrational energy available that the high amount of energy the human consciousness brings to this world due to the sheer number of people incarnated, and then also give that consciousness the opportunity to spread out versus being packed in so densely together? You get a rapid expansion of consciousness and a rapid increase in vibration. Does that sound familiar? If it doesn't, it will very soon.
Well that's it. Brian wants to apologize for things being very long. He had a difficult time linear-izing what we were saying. We don't think the apology is needed due to the obvious complexity of the subject matter, but he insists.
Love,
The Dragon
Blog entry
31 Jan 2013 - 4:03pm
{Connie Huebner facilities the presence of Divine Mother by putting her attention on the deepest level within her heart. She experiences the vibration of Divine Mother's name at the quiet inner most subtle level of life and is then able to have an intimate, inner conversation with Her. The following is an excerpt from the immense wisdom of Divine Mother on the topic of Attention and Love.}
Divine Mother: I want you to know how powerful your attention is. I want you to know that wherever you place your attention, great power is sent there. I want you to be alert to the times when you are sending negative attention somewhere, and stop.
Your awareness is becoming very rich with unboundedness for you to utilize.
You are growing in Wholeness. That means your awareness is becoming very rich with this unboundedness for you to utilize. You utilize your unboundedness by intention and attention. When you are growing in unboundedness, Wholeness, it is important to be very discriminating with your focused attention, so that the positive grows and the negative diminishes.
So please if you find yourself focusing negative attention to someone or something, stop, and send Love. Focus positive attention, because then the Wholeness of the unboundedness of your awareness can flow through you to that point of attention and give you many blessings. I am saying that it can give you many blessings, even though you may be focusing your attention on someone else.
You are capable of turning enemies into friends by changing the energy that you send to them.
By sending love even to enemies, you bless yourself and they become friends, not enemies. You are capable of turning enemies into friends by changing the energy that you send to them, because when your attention is placed on something and your awareness flows there, changes occur in the vibration of that person’s field, and that person's field becomes more whole. Because it is becoming more whole, it resonates more gracefully with your field which has become very whole. You will find that whatever the difficulty, it can be resolved and dissolved.
You know from the study of plants that plants, which are living things, simply respond to your negative or positive attention. Studies have proven this. People do the same thing. So if you are sending negative attentions to someone, stop, and send them positive attention, send them Light. If you don't feel good about them, you can use the Divine Light prayer, which is: Divine Light is pouring into my friend, Divine Light is overflowing in my friend. Use their name when you do this prayer. This will change them and you, because now you are doing something constructive for them, and you are becoming strengthened in the Light when you pour Light into someone else. Your attention is going to Light. Your attention is going to them receiving Light, and everything changes.
So please do this, because we have to eliminate negativity in the world, and those of you who are strong in your Wholeness, in your awareness, must be particularly alert to use that Wholeness constructively.
Trust yourself. If there is a problem you have with someone or you are angry about something, clear it in yourself. Don't pour it on to somebody else. Clear the energy of the anger first. Then you can talk about the situation from a place of neutrality, and that will not be a harmful place for anyone.
Be aware of what you are doing at all times.
I am bringing this up to you now because the world has had enough pain and suffering. Because you are here to bring peace and harmony to the world, you must be vigilant not to inadvertently create more problems. Be aware of what you are doing at all times. Say, "go, go" if the negative thoughts or feelings start to come in. You have the prayers; use them, they change energy, and they change vibratory frequency. You don't have to be a victim of someone else's negativity either. Use the prayers when someone attacks you or is harsh in your environment. Break the structure of harshness. Be responsible to Mother Earth.
You are involved in cleaning up the environment. You wouldn't throw trash on the road or on a lawn. Don't throw mental trash in the atmosphere. You can clear it with these Transformational Prayers. Use them. I am deeply grateful to you for this.
Story
31 Jan 2013 - 3:35pm
31-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Thoughtlessness
When a person leaves his mind empty and lets the higher consciousness communicate; he actually negates his ego and keeps the message pure.
There are no personal interferences or inclinations towards anything.
His mind is void of thoughts and is connected to the Divine silence that reaps him the reward; from the Creator; knowledge and knows how much the reward is.
For this increases his wisdom and insight.
Thoughtlessness is escaping or even nullifying the material world and the influences for the ego. For it only pollutes our thinking and ruins the internal sight that is sacred. For it connects to the Divine source.
My dear ones seek the void of emptiness that is the gate way of knowledge and the SELF.
Your mother; live in the state of emptiness and connect to your wisdom internally.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
Blog entry
31 Jan 2013 - 3:09pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: I have been practising meditation for nearly a month now. It gives me tremendous energy and peace. However a friend of mine, a person who has a fair amount of yogic knowledge and a person whom I respect a lot, told me that If I pursue this course, I should be willing to experience pain, especially since my past is extremely painful. As a matter of fact I had started meditation to heal myself of this pain and face life, move on, live life with peace, harmony and respect for my fellow human beings. Is pain, a pre-requisite for finding peace?
A: Thank you for writing and sharing. No, pain is not a prerequisite for finding peace. This does not mean we will not have any pain, or that we should assume the journey is not worth making if we encounter some along the way as our nervous system purifies and opens.
It all depends on the obstructions lodged in our nervous system, and how we manage our practices to release them. Peace and bliss are inherent inside us. There are many ways we can uncover our native state. Some are more radical (and uncomfortable) than others.
In the lessons, everything is designed for simplicity and maximum power, with minimum discomfort. In fact, advanced yoga practices are designed to be a path of enjoyment from start to finish. There is no requirement that anyone overdo with any practice -- in fact, it is strongly discouraged. If we enjoy the results of our daily practices, we will continue. If they are a painful drudgery, then who will want to do yoga? Only masochists. So everything is geared to balancing practices to maintain a positive experience of ongoing purification and growth. It can be done.
Advanced yoga practices are like a fine tuned automobile. You can push on the gas pedal and go as fast as you want. You can arrive at your destination smoothly and safely, or you can wrap yourself around a tree. It is all in the driving, you know. You are the driver with these practices. This is why we talk so much about "self-pacing" in the lessons. It is very important. It is the new approach in these modern times. Each person can drive themselves home to enlightenment at their own speed. Many are ready for this.
Even a good driver will hit a few bumps in the road from time to time. It is inevitable on any journey. It is part of life. So we compensate (slow down) when the going gets a little bumpy, and speed up again when the road smoothes out again, as it surely shall.
Do we have to go out of our way to drive through every pothole and ditch we see? No. This is why we say pain is not a prerequisite for peace.
It sounds like you are traveling smoothly so far, and it fills my heart with joy to hear of your rising energy and peace. You are a blessing to the entire world in your practices, for everyone is benefiting from your purification and opening. Continue with enthusiasm and prudent self-pacing, and you will arrive home to your divine Self straight away. Much is being accomplished with every sitting. Lifetimes of pain and suffering are painlessly melting away.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/168.html
video
31 Jan 2013 - 12:45pm
We all have moments or darkness in our life's journey. ALL! Even the holiest of the holy. The question is how to come out of them. Watch this video for my insights.
Here is the link to the video: http://youtu.be/EZjPj_5xPHE
You can read the same information at my blog: http://raysofempowerment.com/finding-light-in-the-darkness/
Claim your free e-course "7 easy steps to abundance mastery" here: http://www.raysofempowerment.com
video
31 Jan 2013 - 12:42pm
A
ffirmations is a powerful tool to manifest your dreams. However there is the right way of creating and using them to make them successful, in other words achieve the aim of using them - dreams being fulfiled.
Here is the link to the video: http://youtu.be/McE8WAOwqDs
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 11:34am
http://www.lawoftime.org/lawoftime/synchronicmathematics.html
At its source, the synchronic order is pure mathematics; the mathematics of the fourth dimension. Number precedes consciousness. Number is supramental—beyond mind. Number is what gives mind its sense of order, harmony and organization. The synchronic order is based on a set of fourth-dimensional mathematical constants. The Galactic Compass demonstrates the complete mathematical principles of fourth-dimensional time.
The Galactic Compass
The Galactic Compass accounts for 18,980 kin permutation possibilities. These 18,980 kin constitute the galactic cycle of 52 solar years. In other words, it takes the galactic calendar precisely 52 years before one of the 260 galactic signatures falls again on the same day of the 365-day solar cycle. This is demonstrated on the ephemeris on the back of the Galactic Compass. (The Galactic Compass is the chief instrument included with the Dreamspell kit)
From center outward, the Galactic Compass is arranged:
The green center point of the compass represents an infinitesimal point of resonance, the seventh dimension; ratio 1:260 (=0)
Emanating in four points from the center is the primal spectral quartering of light or luminosity, the sixth dimension; ratio 1:65.
The next circle is a band of five colors - the castle ring - representing the fifth dimension; ratio 1:52.
Next is the wavespell ring showing 20 solar seals in the 20-wavespell sequence of fourth-dimensional time; ratio 1-13.
The next ring out is the day ring, showing the daily sequence of 20 solar seals which create the kin equivalences of the third-dimensional time; ratio 1:1.
Then comes the 13-tone ring which creates the daily wavespell sequence, and which represents the second electric sense dimension; ratio 1:1.
The yellow ring next shows the first-dimensional tonal sequence as a solar periodicity wave; ratio 1:20.
Finally, the outermost green ring translates the solar periodicity wave into 19 sequences: 18 of 20 days each and one of five days, which correlate the cycle of the Earth with its annual orbit around the sun, according to both the Gregorian and the 13 Moon Calendars.
Since the Galactic Compass is calibrated to the 13:20 timing frequency, it is divided into 20 arcs of 18 degrees each. Since the smallest unit of the 13:20 timing frequency is the 260-kin spin, and since this spin consists of only thirteen, 20-day sequences, the outermost Green ring runs 13 sequences, then continues its final six sequences of correlate dating directly beneath the compass entry point, 07.26 (July 26 Gregorian = 01.01, first day of the first of the 13 Moons). This means that 260 days later is the spin return point, 04.12 (April 12 Gregorian = 10.09, ninth day of the tenth of the 13 Moons). As of this day, the galactic spin repeats itself, and the kin equivalents of the final six correlate dates match the first six.
On the back of the Galactic Compass is the ephemeris. On the outermost edge of the ephemeris are the numbers 1-13 (representing the 13 galactic tones) combined with one of four names, representing the four of 20 solar seals which constitute the Gateway Earth Family. This demonstrates the cycle of 52 galactic gateways (tone and seal) which all annually on the Gregorian date July 26, or 13 Moon calendar date Magnetic Moon, day one. The ephemeris also demonstrates this 52-year periodicity principle for a set of five cycles (AD 1754-2013), the 260-year of biospheric transformation.
The vastness of the universal order of time is knowable through simple mathematical codes and laws, the most basic being the ratio formulation: 4:7::7:13. Coded within this formulation is the ratio of the universal frequency of synchronization: 13:20.
All numbers are composites and/or factors of each other. The primal numbers of time are 4, 7, 13 and 20. The primal numbers of space are 4, 5 and 9. The frequency of the Law of Time is 13:20—between the 13 and 20 is the seven. Between 3 and 7 is the four. Herein lies the form constant that establishes the ratio 4:7::7:13. Four is the root, seven is the stem and thirteen is the fruit. This is the primal ratio and cosmology of the Law of Time.
In this construct, there are three units on either side of the seven—this is the underlying law of three. 3 + 3 = 6. Six is the basis of the hexagisimal order.
3 + 1 + 3 = 7;
6 + 1 + 6 = 13.
Parallel constructs can be derived from doubling the law of three. So we have the 7, 13 and 20. The point is that the fundamental formulation of the numbers and patterns in time is contained in this formulation.
Particularly with the seven and the thirteen we are dealing with supremely cosmic frequencies, the 7 being derived from the interval of lost time in eternity and the 13 being the function of the 4:7::7:13 that creates endless cosmic cyclical patterns. The 13 then forms into a type of spiral which is known as the wavespell. By comparison, space is a static structure.
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 10. Ten is the decimal base.
7 + 13 = 20. Twenty is the vigesimal base.
Fourth-dimensional time is based on 20 and third-dimensional space (as matter) is based on 10. That ratio difference is what creates the higher etheric patterns of time in relation to the denser patterns of space.
Dynamic Numbers of Time
Static Numbers of Space
Symbolic structures are derived from the primary numbers of time: 4, 7, 13, and 20. The number 20 (4 x 5) actually incorporates a fifth force of space. In other words, the 20 is a function of time (7 and 13). It is also a function of space (4 x 5). When we multiply the space numbers 4 x 5, we arrive at the 20—a prime number of time. Therefore 20 is the magic number that comprises both space and time. This is why twenty is known as the number of totality and 20 squared is 400, the pure fractal frequency of totality.
In the vigesimal system, 400 is written as 1.0.0, there are zero units in the 1-unit and 20- unit positions, and a 1 in the 400-unit position. This is the totality. The square of the totality of time (400) is four times greater than the square of the totality of space (100). Yet 1.0.0 vigesimal looks like 100 decimal.
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 11:14am
The Law of Time
www.lawoftime.org
The Law of Time is a universal law and principle. It states that time is the universal factor of synchronization.
The Law of Time distinguishes between a natural timing frequency that governs the universal order, and an artificial timing frequency which sets modern human civilization apart from the rest of its environment, the biosphere.
The effect of basing a civilization on artificial timing factors - an irregular calendar and the mechanical clock - has resulted in the creation of an artificial global mantle, the technosphere. By consuming natural resources faster than they can be replaced and creating more waste than can be eliminated, the technosphere operates at the expense of the biosphere. Hence, the current global crisis.
The Law of Time affirms that all of the planetary upheavals and social chaos that we are experiencing today are directly related to giving precedence to human laws and machine technology, rather than divine order and natural law. This is due to living a collective misperception of time known as the 12:60 frequency. This refers to the 12 month cycle of the irregular Gregorian calendar paced by the 60 minute clock.
12:60 and 13:20
It is simple to understand the 12:60 and 13:20 timing frequencies. In the 12:60 frequency people are ruled by the clock and money, the deadening "daily grind" takes precedence over spiritual purpose. In the 12:60 frequency, time is money.
In the 13:20 frequency, time is art. In the 13:20 frequency, people are ruled by their heart, nature and art and guided by dreams and synchronicity. Spiritual cultivation is the number one goal. In the 13:20 frequency synchronicity is the norm. Everything is always in perfect order. Everything is always on time. Everything is always new. Each day is a cosmic unfoldment.
"The essence of the discovery of the timing frequency is a simple one. The 12:60 refers to an unconsciously accepted order of time that is artificial in nature. Twelve refers to the codification of daily time into an irregular and arbitrary calendar of 12 months. Originated in Babylonia, the final historical form of the 12-month system was instituted in 1583 by the Vatican as the Gregorian calendar, which is now accepted as the standard in use world-wide. Sixty refers to the equally arbitrary division of the day into 24 (2 x 12) hours of 60 minutes each. The result of the 12:60 is the creation of a timing frequency whose mental field of consciousness is dominated by mechanization and a third-dimensional science of space-matter. Unconscious acceptance of this 12:60 timing frequency is the single most contributing factor to the problem of human alienation from nature.
"The timing frequency discovery further demonstrates that the division of the solar year into 12 periods or months is an arbitrary one based on divisions of the circle, a construct of the geometry of space, into 12 parts of 30 degrees or days each. From the outset, the stream of civilization originating in Mesopotamia was rooted in space, and what it thought to be time was only a measure of space. The antecedents of the Gregorian calendar find their origin in Egypt and Babylonia, ca 3000 BC, at which time the spatial geometry of the circle arose. The timing of this occurrence in the ancient Middle East corresponds closely to the Mayan timing frequency which describes a 5126-year "great cycle" beginning in 3113 BC and ending in AD 2013." ~ José Argüelles, The Call of Pacal Votan
Living in artificial time disconnects us both as a species and individually from our true nature. We always feel like we never have “enough time.” In the 12:60 frequency, time is money. In the 13:20 frequency, time is art.
The Law of Time affirms that the quality of beauty in nature is supreme;
it is a scientific and mathematical function of fourth-dimensional time.
All art codes are within us.
We ourselves, each and every one of us, are the artist that the planet is calling on!
The 13:20 ratio of the natural timing frequency coded into the Tzolkin – the 260-unit harmonic matrix. The 13:20 frequency can also be found in our body: we have 13 main articulations and 20 fingers and toes.
"
"In the synchronic order, the holographic "soul" element of any given form - human, planet, star or galaxy - is called a holon." (Book of the Timespace, Cosmic History Chronicles Volume V)
The human holon is the holographic "soul" element of the human form. The 20 Solar Seals are contained in our 20 fingers & toes; the 13 Galactic Tones are contained in our 13 main articulations: two ankles, two knees, two hips, two wrists, two elbows, two shoulders, one neck.
The Law of Time affirms that by the nature of the universal timing frequency the world is already as one. It is only humankind who has chosen separation. This separation is reinforced by separation in time, living by the clock and the irregular measure of the Gregorian calendar keeps the world from being as one.
The Law of Time states that: Energy factored by time equals art. In this equation, (E) refers to all phenomena in their processes of unfoldment; (T) is the present moment functioning according to the ratio constant 13:20. Everything shaped by time is art.
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 8:33am
LOSING YOURSELF IN THE DIVINE: CREATIVITY AS A SPIRITUAL PRACTICE
- Lucia Cappacchione, PhD
www.luciac.com
When you create you lose yourself in your creation. Time seems to stand still and all else is forgotten. You participate in the divine play that is creativity. These moments offer a glimpse of who you really are: a being fashioned in the image and likeness of God. Like the source of all creation, you are a creator, too. It is your divine birthright. The person who says "I'm not creative" is uttering blasphemy. The truth is that you are the Creative Self expressing through the human vessel of your body, emotions, mind, and soul. Creativity flows through you as a universal life force, called by many names throughout the ages: chi, prana, shakti, the Holy Spirit. It is this energy of love flowing through you that also gives life to your creations.
The medium in which you create is irrelevant. It doesn't matter whether you write a business proposal, play a piano sonata, or prepare a delicious meal. You may be seeking to resolve one of life's mundane problems or express deep feelings and insights through poetry. Embrace your creation as a lover and you can break through to another realm. When you stick with it for better or for worse, your creation becomes your guru (Sanskrit meaning "from darkness to light").
Losing yourself in the divine embrace of the creative process, you disappear. Your ego or limited sense of separateness vanishes, and you emerge into the vast ocean that is creativity. This is an altered state of intuitive awareness in which you renounce control from your head alone. Instead, you allow the Creative Self to flow through your heart, your body, and your intuition. Then you are taken to places you can never go in your ordinary waking state. This road leads eventually to moments of divine bliss described by ecstatic poets like Rumi, Kabir, and Lalli.
The desire to realize the natural high found in peak moments of creativity is so basic that, if given no healthy outlet for this urge, people turn to alcohol or drugs for a simulated version. These counterfeit forms inevitably backfire, for they violate an essential ingredient: the human vessel for containing the Creative Self. And that vessel - physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual - can be shaped only through hard work and awareness. We must harmonize these four aspects of our being. For instance, the body and emotions need time to digest flashes of inspiration the soul and mind receive. After participating in laboratory controlled experiments with LSD many years ago, author Anaîs Nin concluded that she didn't need drugs to get high. Her writing had always taken her to a state of heightened awareness. Nin had kept a journal since childhood, developing her craft every day of her life. Regular writing practice was the cauldron in which Nin, the novelist and essayist, was formed. Interestingly, it is her diaries (published in several volumes) that are best known, even though she hadn't originally intended them for publication.
To flourish, creativity needs our full attention and disciplined focus on details. It is a way of life, a way of being and perceiving. It is a form of meditation that leads out from the Creative Self and back to it. The creative process rests on a foundation of attentiveness, skill, and hard work. At her most inspired, the master pianist loses herself in performance, transcending technique and dissolving into the Creative Self. Her ego steps aside and the music plays her. This is possible only because she has spent years rigorously developing her God-given talent through loving practice. The enthusiastic entrepreneur writes an inspired business plan because by acquiring skill, experience, and knowledge he has also cultivated intuition, vision, and love of his work. He's done his homework.
Any practice, spiritual or otherwise, involves making mistakes. Millions of errors are made before the human vehicle is ready for the Creative Self to freely flow through it. A good metaphor is in the art-making process. For instance, in ceramics the clay must be wedged (pounded vigorously to remove air bubbles) before the pot is formed. If not, when the pot is baked in the kiln fire (which is where the transformation occurs), the air pockets will cause the pot to explode. In the creative process we are "wedged" by life, pounded vigorously to remove the air bubbles of an inflated ego.
The yogis call this tapasya, the purification in which inner heat is generated by friction between the mind and the heart. The ego dies hard. When the ego is embarrassed by the revelations of our human foibles, omissions, or transgressions, it experiences frustration, angry explosions, or the slow inward boil of resentment. In the same way, the creative process is humbling. It opens us to rejection and feelings of failure, self-doubt, and unworthiness. That's why so many people avoid it. Creativity's invisible fire burns up all that stands between us and the integrity of our creation. When we serve the work, however, it becomes our teacher. We shape the work, but at the same time the work shapes us. The alchemists described this purification process as turning base matter into gold, tests into mastery, crisis into wisdom.
In serving the work, truth is everything. For example, what we ignore comes back to haunt us. Weak spots a writer glosses over in a manuscript, baking soda the chef forgets to add to the cake mixture, specifications the designer leaves out of an architectural blueprint become teachers. The pot that cracks apart in the kiln was not wedged properly in the first place. The results never lie.
There's nothing wrong with making mistakes. In fact, mistakes are honorable. They are how we learn. But if we think we're above it all, our egos will be burned in the fire of truth. Through embarrassment we find we didn't know it all. We couldn't slide past the truth. What we missed or chose to ignore inevitably trips us and grounds us again in earthbound reality. Brought back to our senses and to the matter at hand, we are reminded of our human being-ness. That is the vessel for our divinity. Try to escape that fact and God or the Goddess has no place to reside in us.
If you are devoted to the Creative Self, you will encounter the same tests described in the writings of saints and mystics throughout the ages. These include highs and lows, agonies and ecstasies, inspired moments, and dark nights of the soul. Some periods feel charged with "greening" (to use Hildegard of Bingen's term). Juicy and fertile, you are full of aha" moments - breakthroughs and discoveries. Inspiration gushes like a geyser.
At other times you feel dry, lost in an arid desert of disinterest, depression, and barrenness. Emptiness prevails and you wonder if maybe you haven't lost your talent and skill along with your connectedness to the source of creation. You are haunted with questions like Will I ever have another creative idea? Am I all dried up? Have I used all the creativity rationed to me in this lifetime? A battle with the demons of self-judgment rages within.
The literature of both art and mysticism abounds with descriptions of this phenomenon, a black void that seems totally enveloping and all-pervasive. Read the words of biblical figures like Job, poets like Saint John of the Cross and Rainer Maria Rilke, spiritual leaders like Saint Teresa of Avila, artists like Vincent Van Gogh. They all gave voice to the darkness within where, paradoxically, the Creative Self is to be found. Artist and recovered mental patient Mary Barnes once wrote, "In order to come to the light, I have to germinate in the dark."
You don't have to go out of your way to find these experiences. We all face our terrors at one time or another. It's part of the human condition - losing a job, filing for divorce, going into bankruptcy, having a serious accident, dealing with a life-threatening illness or the aftermath of a natural disaster, surviving the death of a loved one or the loss of a love. But if you see crisis as an opportunity, an invitation to personal renewal, then life itself becomes a creative process.
Those on the creative path who have journeyed fully into inner darkness and have come back to tell the tale seem to be saying, "These are the dues you have to pay. Life will pound you vigorously. Can you stand up to it? Do you have the strength and tenacity? Do you trust the creative process? Have faith in the source of creation."
Life's tests are the kiln fire that transforms us into conscious vessels of the Creative Self. However, if we cannot embrace challenges as teachers, our human clay can explode. Unable to handle the heat, some cast themselves as victims and become bitter. They may become violent, depressed, take refuge in addictions, resort to criminal behavior, become irretrievably insane, or even commit suicide.
How can the human vessel contain the limitless divine Creative Spirit? Like the birth of a baby, it's a mystery yet it happens every minute. Here the discipline side of the creative process is essential. It has been said that art is 5 percent inspiration and 95 percent perspiration. The same can be said for the creative process of living. You show up each day, do the work (whatever form it takes), follow where your next inspiration leads, and pay attention as the challenges unfold. This is as true in your occupation as it is in your personal life. When you are committed to seeing your life as a work in progress - as the creative process beckoning to you – then creativity becomes your spiritual practice.
Day after day your devotion to creativity will enable you to merge with your Creative Self. Your destiny will unfold from within. Your life will become the unique work of art it was meant to be. An ancient Chinese story tells of an old master ceramist developing a new glaze for his vases. Each day he carefully regulated the heat in his kiln, worked painstakingly with the chemistry of the glazes, and experimented with them over and over. He labored devotedly day after day, yet the effect he had envisioned continued to elude him. Having applied his vast store of knowledge and skill and having exhausted his human power, the master concluded that his life was over. He climbed into the kiln to be fired along with his vases. When his apprentices opened the kiln, they beheld a magnificent sight. All the glazes were sheer perfection, like nothing their master had ever achieved. He had become one with his creation.
In embracing creativity as our spiritual practice, we commend ourselves into the Creator's hands, knowing that our goal is to disappear. And when we do, we become one with all creation. The divine spirit dances with us, it plays its music through us. We become the instrument through which the divine flows like a river to the sea. All the pilgrimages, all the prayers and chants in all the temples and churches of the world are meaningless unless we are devoted to living in and through the Creative Self, to live as the image and likeness of God.
If life force energies are not moving creatively, they will become destructive (as so-called holy wars have taught us). Destructiveness is the Creative Self turned upside down. Something has taken a wrong turn, and, like cancer, it devours the source of its life. The cure is found in creativity.
When your Creative Self calls, go with it. It is God speaking. Listen to your Creative Conscience, the voice of the divine guiding you each day. It resides in your heart. Go there and roam. That is your true temple.
©Lucia Capacchione. All Rights Reserved. Excerpted from "The Soul of Creativity" published by New World Library.
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:40pm
In transitioning from one reality to another, it's important to complete with your present reality before moving to a new one. The process of completion involves holding in your mind the blessings you have received in your present reality. Express gratitude for all that has been: for the experiences, the learning opportunities and the sharing. Affirm to yourself everything happened perfectly and all is now complete.
Expressing gratitude for the reality you are leaving helps you to release even the hint of a nuance that you are seeking to "run away from" the reality you are presently experiencing. Understand since you contain it all -- each and every reality you have ever experienced – the idea that it is possible to "leave behind" any reality is illusory. If you are seeking to "get away from" a reality, you will carry thoughtforms about what you "don't want" into your new reality and begin re-creating them there.
Before shifting into a new reality, bring closure to any unresolved emotional energy and heal your experiences. This allows you to come into a place of gratitude. Healing begins when you bring the essence of this "old" reality into the bright light of your love, appreciation and gratitude.
When you are able to feel love and gratitude for all that has been, you are ready to begin energizing new probabilities. When you make the decision to begin this shift, affirm your decision by wording it in terms of what you want rather than what you no longer want. Release any thoughts of who you have been, who you no longer wish to be, and simply step into the identity of who you are now -- who you choose to be.
By strongly identifying with your self who is experiencing your chosen probable reality, you make begin to make this self’s reality your present-moment reality. By bringing your complete focus to your new reality, you are moving toward who you now choose to be, which naturally creates distance from any past realities and carries you into the full experience of a reality aligned with the new vision of a greatly expanded present and future.
Excerpt from Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:37pm
In the course of your spiritual evolution, you may encounter several souls who hold the codes and keys to reflect to you the condition of your inner soulmates. As you move further along in your spiritual understandings, certainly there are fewer beings that can truly see you at all levels and reflect to you all of who you are. In spite of this, within any lifetime there are several souls with whom you hold soul contracts. These contracts bring us together with our soulmate in divine timing in this lifetime or the next.
When we reach a place of spiritual clarity, it’s a matter of choice as to whether we enter into a soulmate relationship. Some fully unified individuals feel they can better serve the whole by communing with their soulmate in consciousness while giving themselves mind, body and soul to their spiritual mission on Earth. Others choose to serve through their connection with another unified soul, becoming a truly powerful force in the universe.
A soulmate connection can take many different forms but always it is based on the frequency of love, the inner unification of each person and a connection based on spiritual purpose and collaboration.
M It’s not uncommon for you to hold soulmate contracts with souls you have known in other lifetimes. As old souls, you hold contracts with many souls for many purposes, including sharing a soulmate connection.
Activating Soul Contracts
Within each lifetime, you hold contracts with various souls you have known in other times. These contracts are always designed by the mutual agreement of both souls to create experiences that are for the highest and best of each. Souls may choose to pick up where they left off with a needed course of learning or they may attempt to resolve a misunderstanding from a past time. Not all soul contracts are the type of soulmate agreements we’re talking about here, but generally speaking, all soulmate connections are the result of soul contracts.
A soulmate contract is activated in optimal time for both souls involved. When a person has undertaken the inner work necessary to balance their inner masculine and feminine and to harmonize their conscious and subconscious minds, they are ready to activate a soulmate contract for higher spiritual understanding. The activation of a soul contract helps each person progress in fulfilling their soul mission for this lifetime.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:31pm
Using the tarot as a diagnostic tool for healing is a very effective way to analyze the five planes of existence. We create a spread of cards that has five planes of three cards each. To begin this reading, start in the middle of the reading area and place three cards face down diagonally left to right so that the bottom right corner touches the upper right corner of the card below it. Then we move to the lower right of this center spread and place one card face down. We move to the upper right just beyond the center spread and place one card face down. Repeat this in the upper left area and the lower left area and then continue placing one card into each plane until all four areas have three cards each.
We turn the center area over first. This will represent the activity of the heart in the person. All Tarot decks have some form of ‘Pentacles’ which represents the element ‘Earth’. All decks have Swords or some facility representing ‘Air’. All decks have Wands or some facility reflecting the element ‘Fire’. All decks have some form of ‘Cups’ reflecting the element ‘Water’. All healing intuitive diagnosis is a combination of either Earth, which normally indicates a physical anomaly or existing manifested illness; Swords, which reflects a supporting mental disposition aiding the illness; Wands, which indicates the epletion of energy or compromising energetic position due to the illness; and Cups, the fluid environment being affected.
The diagnosis will often indicate a pre-cursor condition leading towards a potential illness. In this reading, we learn how to evaluate the hormonal balance, the endocrine system, the meridian system, and the universal life flow patterns in the body. We will also learn to sense the ‘free radical’ level in the body as well as DNA disruption levels. The sympathetic nervous system feeds generously into the Tarot to teach us about our clients. We will work on the basic premise that the client has a 90% chance of being too acidic in both dietary discipline and mental attitudes. The reading will further indicate light body energy and proximity to higher levels of conscious awareness.
Excerpt from The Healing Intuitive Tarot Reading by Peter Phalam
http://www.celestialvision.org/the-intuitive-health-tarot-cou
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:29pm
When I began reading the Tarot Decks back in 1973, I used the traditional readings from books. Later on, I studied Carl Jung and his analysis of using Tarot for the study of emotional and mental problems. The many students in my area were using the Major Arcana of Tarot Cards to do the analysis. After many years, I have finally discovered a mannerism to use the entire Tarot Deck for the ‘Healing Intuitive Reading’. We will be examining five planes of health in a being. The heart and blood, the liver, pancreas, adrenals and kidneys, thymus, immune system and finally, the brain, will be examined. We are not doctors or medical professionals. We can merely look at this reading and advise a client as to what we have found. It is up to the client to decide how they will act on the information.
The Major and Minor Arcana
All areas in the reading are similar from the Minor Arcana and Major Arcana or trump cards. The numbered cards from Ace through Ten all have the same definition. Aces reflect the beginning of something new. This is not necessarily an illness but perhaps a dietary change or a lifestyle change. In any case, it discovers something new. Two through Ten merely defines the degree of intention within the situation, with Two being very mild and Ten reflecting a more serious problem. The court cards where the King and Queen reflect parents and genetic transfers or emotional and mental problems, are all the same. The Prince and Princess or whatever your deck depicts in the court cards are friends and co-workers who create challenges with emotional and mental blocks.
The Major Arcana are very different in that each card in each field has a different intention. The Major Arcana has within it cards that depict every planet in our solar system, including the Sun and Moon. It also has all twelve zodiac signs from the 0 of the Fool to 21 ‘The Universe’, which is the planet Saturn. Tarot is nothing more than the feminine interpretation of astrology and healing is a feminine activity. The Major Arcana will show up if something is going on. If none of these cards appear in any plane, the individual is relatively healthy but may have a pre-existing condition or a chronic condition under control. Most likely, the Major Arcana will appear somewhere and impact the reading.
The Healing Intuitive Card Layout
Using the tarot as a diagnostic tool for healing is a very effective way to analyze the five planes of existence. We create a spread of cards that has five planes of three cards each. To begin this reading, start in the middle of the reading area and place three cards face down diagonally left to right so that the bottom right corner touches the upper right corner of the card below it. Then we move to the lower right of this center spread and place one card face down. We move to the upper right just beyond the center spread and place one card face down. Repeat this in the upper left area and the lower left area and then continue placing one card into each plane until all four areas have three cards each.
We turn the center area over first. This will represent the activity of the heart in the person. All Tarot decks have some form of ‘Pentacles’ which represents the element ‘Earth’. All decks have Swords or some facility representing ‘Air’. All decks have Wands or some facility reflecting the element ‘Fire’. All decks have some form of ‘Cups’ reflecting the element ‘Water’. All healing intuitive diagnosis is a combination of either Earth, which normally indicates a physical anomaly or existing manifested illness; Swords, which reflects a supporting mental disposition aiding the illness; Wands, which indicates the depletion of energy or compromising energetic position due to the illness; and Cups, the fluid environment being affected.
The diagnosis will often indicate a pre-cursor condition leading towards a potential illness. In this course, I will teach you how to evaluate the hormonal balance, the endocrine system, the meridian system, and the universal life flow patterns in the body. We will also learn to sense the ‘free radical’ level in the body as well as DNA disruption levels. The sympathetic nervous system feeds generously into the Tarot to teach us about our clients. We will work on the basic premise that the client has a 90% chance of being too acidic in both dietary discipline and mental attitudes. The reading will further indicate light body energy and proximity to higher levels of conscious awareness.
Excerpt from The Healing Intuitive Tarot Reading by Peter Phalam
http://www.celestialvision.org/the-intuitive-health-tarot-cou
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Blog entry
30 Jan 2013 - 3:13pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: Have you heard of this practice or practice it yourself or know anyone do this practice that one sustains one's body only on the essence from space or sunlight? I read many biography of past MahaSiddha, almost all of them has undergone austerity (fasting) and develop the ability of sustaining the physical body NOT on food. By the way, I am doing the sungazing practice rediscovered by HRM and he says he now only lives on sunlight and water.
A: I have no contact with those who exist on prana in the air or sunlight alone, and it is not an ability I am focused on developing at this time. However, the principle should be fairly clear from our yoga practices and experiences.
As we advance in yoga our nervous system purifies and opens to our inner pranic energies, fed by the kundalini/sexual energy rising from the pelvic region. As this process matures we are nourished by the active life force (prana) much more from within. So much so that breath can suspend spontaneously for long periods during pranayama and meditation, and eventually outside practices too. Even beginning meditators experience this automatic slow down and stoppage of breath. The same applies to food intake. If we are nourished from within, then we are less dependent on constant food intake also and can fast easily without discomfort, though this is a more delayed process than the immediate response of the breath.
It stands to reason that inner prana must be replenished from somewhere, normally by both air and food, and that may be where the methods of the "breatharians" and "sungazers" come in. Based on what I just said about inner nourishment, it would seem that these practices are not for direct nourishment, but for replenishing and storing prana in the body (probably in the lower centers) for inner sustenance.
It seems to me that all this would be best served by first engaging in yoga practices to bring about the purification and opening of the nervous system that is prerequisite to such refined inner nourishment, which then can be sustained, if desired, by harvesting prana from the air and/or the sunlight. So these practices would seem to be later stage things in the overall process of enlightenment.
The first question in the lessons is always, what does this contribute to the process of human spiritual transformation today? Is it leading to more purification and opening in the nervous system, or is it getting the cart in front of the horse? We'd all love to live as the siddha-saints do, but have we first done all the yoga they did to get to the stage we would like to emulate? Is developing the ability to live on air and sunlight so important? Or is it just a by-product ability (a siddhi) of something much more important -- our enlightenment, which is the joining of inner silence and the ecstatic energies within us. How we replenish our prana is a fairly mundane
subject compared to the divine union going on inside.
No doubt higher abilities will come when required by the opening of our nervous system, and the natural rise of ecstatic bliss and divine love. This is the best, and least distracting, attitude to have about the development of any kind of siddhis.
Just some food (pun!) for thought. I wish you all success on your chosen path to enlightenment.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed discussion on yogic nutrition and purification, see the Diet, Shatkarmas and Amaroli book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#dsa
http://aypsite.com/167.html
Story
30 Jan 2013 - 12:40pm
Tuesday, 22 January, 2013 (posted 30 January, 2013)
It is an energetic fact of life that whenever we commit to a new intention everything within us that is not in alignment with that new intention comes up. It comes up because it is responding to our intention. It comes up so that we can acknowledge it, address it, learn anything we are yet to learn from it, and finally transform or release it. Our new intention can thus manifest without any self-sabotage or blocks in the way. So this ‘coming up’ is a good thing, but as it comes up we can feel suffocated by the dust it is raising and this feels to us like a ‘bad’ thing.
On a personal level our new gratitude intentions suddenly have us confronting a barrage of unexpected bills and a head full of fearful, lack-oriented thoughts. Our commitment to deeper acceptance brings up a wealth of anger and resentment that has been simmering under the surface for years. Our decision to look for meaningful work is met by the offer of a promotion at our current job and our resolution to open up to our soulmate often invites phone calls from ex’s. Our desire for more creativity and passion triggers a bout of self-doubt and depression.
This ‘dust’ that has been raised is often misinterpreted by people as ‘My intentions aren’t working! Everything is as bad as ever if not worse!’ Meanwhile our energy must feel very frustrated, because here it is thinking it is helping us in the greatest way possible and we are feeling like it is sabotaging us or ignoring us!
Our energy helps us by shining a spotlight into every nook and cranny of our being in direct response to our new intentions. It highlights and magnifies every belief, every thought pattern, every past experience,
every cellular memory and every personality aspect that is connected to our new intention including the ways in which those parts of us are working against our new intention. This spotlight is showing us: Look, this is what you believe, this is how you think, this is the part of you that has been creating that old reality, and here is the part of you that needs to awaken if you want to create a different, new reality. Our energy holds up mirrors in front of us: Look, this is how you see yourself, this is how you feel about yourself, this is what you believe you are worth, this is what you’ve been attracting and here is why.
This process happens to us individually, and it is happening right now very intensely on a collective level. As a society we are being called to a higher level of intentions regarding how we want our world to look and feel. Thus, we are being confronted with all the many ways in which the systems in our world are working against those intentions. On the surface, a time of great transformation looks and feels like we are standing in the middle of a building that is coming down around us, choking us with dust. When we look and feel from a space of greater consciousness we know that this ‘dust’ is a good thing, a positive sign that the old is leaving and the new is awakening and rising up.
If you bring forth what is within you, what you bring forth will save you. If you do not bring forth what is within you, what you do not bring forth will destroy you. - Gospel of Thomas
Living in a more conscious way as an individual, and as a society, takes strength and courage. It takes strength and courage because the truths that get revealed as part of the process are often easier in the short term to keep looking away from. However in the long term that which we choose to continue to deny and ignore has the ability to make us sick or feel trapped in a reality of unfulfilled potential. On the other hand, that which we bravely choose to confront holds the keys to help catapult us into a new way of living and being.
Pay attention right now to what is calling for your attention. As our intentions come from a higher place, all that is not in alignment will feel louder, heavier and harder to bear until confronted. You can be sure that whatever is feeling ‘loud’ and ‘heavy’ to you right now is the ‘dust’ you need to see, dust that is a direct response to the intentions you have put out, or played a part in putting out together with the collective. Don’t dismiss the dust or ignore it or let it suffocate you into submission. Ask it what it is wanting to tell you? What thoughts is it asking you to shift? What emotions is it asking you to feel? What actions is it asking you to take? What truths is it wanting you to face? What intentions is it asking you to remember and re-commit to? Bless the dust, because the dust is showing you truth and – yes I have to go there – the truth will set you free. The truth will set us all free.
(c) Dana Mrkich 2012. Permission is granted to share this article freely on the condition that the author is credited, and the URL www.danamrkich.com is included.
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 11:16am
Changing Core Beliefs, Emotional Reactions and Behaviors
http://www.pathwaytohappiness.com/writings_falsebeliefs.htm
The first step in changing a core belief is to actually identify the agreement. What you will find when you look at an issue is that the mental agreements usually come in bundles. When you do a thorough job of identifying the package of beliefs you are more than halfway to changing them. This task can be a little challenging in the beginning but gets easier with practice. To finish the job you add a little bit of awareness and a shift in perspective outside the belief paradigm. Of all these steps it is the shift in point of view that is the most critical, and most often overlooked. If this sounds like a difficult mind trick, don’t worry. There are some very simple practical exercises to effectively do this.
Identify the Core Belief
Identifying a core belief is like solving a mystery of the illusions in your mind. You have to follow some clues to get down to the hidden beliefs in the unconscious. Let’s use the example of fear of public speaking. Fear of public speaking isn’t a core belief. It is an emotional reaction to a belief. The thought a person has is that, “They will think I’m a stupid idiot.” This is the fear, but not the belief. Fears associated with what other people think of us are very common. This same dynamic can occur in the mind when asking for a raise, asking someone out on a date, or asking for what we want.
However the thought is not a core belief. One has to be careful here because they are often misleading. When solving a crime you follow the money. When finding core beliefs you follow the emotion. We have to keep questioning how the emotion of fear is created by the act of what someone else thinks.
If someone pointed at your hair, claimed it was green, and then started to laugh out loud at how silly you looked would you feel hurt? Probably not. (I’m assuming that your hair is a more natural color than green.) When you know your hair is not green you would know this person is just being silly, on drugs, or having problems with their vision. You know the issue is with their perception and not with you. Having someone make fun of you and laugh at you when you know it is their perception is not a problem is not a problem for you. What people think of you doesn’t hurt you at all.
When you don’t believe you look foolish you are not affected by what others think. Being aware that their mental image of you is not you gives you immunity to their opinion. With this understanding it is obvious that we cannot be hurt emotionally by what others think and say about us. When people think we are an idiot it doesn’t hurt at all. It only hurts if we believe we are an idiot. This is the real cause of pain that we fear behind the story of public speaking.
In essence the fear of public speaking isn't a fear of what others will think of us. It is a fear of the emotional pain that results from believing something negative about our self. What other people think would just be a trigger to activate our own negative core beliefs.
The point is that to identify our core beliefs we have to look beyond the thoughts we think.
There is one more layer here. We often don’t really know what people are thinking. We usually make the assumption about what they think about us and then believe our assumption. There are a number of other beliefs bundled in this scenario.
First Core Belief: If someone else believes we are an idiot then it is true.
Second Core Belief: We believe we are a stupid idiot.
Third Belief is a corollary of the second: If someone believes we are smart then we are smart.
This means that: Whatever someone believes about us is what we are.
Fourth False Belief is that what other people think of us can somehow hurt us emotionally.
This false assumption is what the mind uses to generate fear of emotional pain. It is not true because thoughts in another person’s head don’t determine our emotions. What we believe about ourselves determines how we feel.
The Fifth False Belief is that we can accurately read other people’s minds and know what they think about us.
These hidden assumptions are not apparent from the reaction or the thoughts. We have to get past the surface of thoughts and solve the mystery of our reaction to find the beliefs.
Steps to Changing Core Beliefs
Notice that the package of false beliefs and assumptions above starts to seem a bit unbelievable. We couldn't possibly be what other people conceptualize in their head? We probably don't have the power to accurately read other people's mind either. When you identify the core beliefs to this detail they begin to become ridiculous. This is often the case when we expose the whole bundle of agreements in the mind. When you fully identify a set of beliefs you instinctively divest your belief in them. These shifts happen just through your expanded awareness. Just by identifying your beliefs you facilitate change in your emotions and behavior without a lot of work.
Another aspect that can make change faster is that you don’t have to change the whole bundle of agreements. Each agreement is like a link in a chain. If you just break one link then they all lose power.
Take a look at the third false belief for a moment. Our mind is quick to make this association and believe the opinions other people have about us. We often believe it without realizing it. This starts to fall apart under some scrutiny. Different people will have different opinions about us. Their opinions are mental concepts in their mind. We are not equivalent to the mental concept in another person’s mind. Some people might change their mental opinion about us during the day and yet we didn’t change. We only feel a change when we change our belief about ourselves. Someone else’s opinion is only a trigger to activate our different core beliefs. We might have an agreement buried in the mind that we are an idiot. We might also have mental agreements that we are smart. Our mind can flip back and forth between the two many times during the day, or even in an instant.
When you become aware that you are not a mental concept in somebody else's mind then the other beliefs start to fall apart as well. If you are not their mental concept then what they think doesn't matter as much and they can't hurt you emotionally. Changing your awareness of one belief affects the whole system of reactions.
Changing a core belief is surprisingly easy. You simply stop believing in them. It doesn't take much effort to not believe something. However it does take some effort to develop the awareness to identify them.
It sounds simple but does require some work. There is also one very important step in the process that is often missed. You have to change your point of view in order to change a core belief. Where you shift your point of view in your mind is critically important. Certain points of view will make it easy to dissolve a core belief and others will stop the process.
If you are judging the beliefs you find, or yourself for having them they become stuck. When in judgment you also create and believe a judgment story about your beliefs. When this happens you have built a layer of story and beliefs on top of the existing core belief. The new point of view you adopt must be free of judgment about the core beliefs you identify.
Changing Core Beliefs by Shifting Point of View
A faster and easier way to change a belief is through shifting point of view. A new perspective allows you to have that epiphany of awareness that changes the way you see things.
Without this shift in perspective it is very difficult to change a belief. When you are within the paradigm of a false belief it appears completely true so you continue to believe in it. Like the person that believes the earth is flat. All contrary evidence is discounted until you shift your perspective. This is one of the problems with affirmations. From the point of view of our existing beliefs our affirmations look like a lie. We can end up feeling like a liar or a fraud trying to adopt new beliefs that go against our current paradigm.
A belief paradigm acts very much like a dream when you are asleep. When you are in a dream it seems completely real. You believe what is happening in the dream is really happening to you. You might feel like your life is in danger and feel the corresponding emotions of fear. But then you wake up from the dream. You begin looking at the dream from the perspective of sitting up in your bed in an awakened state. With that shift in point of view you immediately drop your fear and the notion that you are in danger. With this shift in perspective the illusion of the dream no longer has power over your mind and emotions. Changing your point of view in this way allows you to quickly change beliefs.
This kind of paradigm shift is very powerful. Numerous people have had near death experiences that completely dissolved their fears of death and dying. This is a radical shift in point of view but illustrates my point. Real life change involves changing core beliefs. One of the fastest ways to change core beliefs is by shifting your point of view. You can have the change your life with many small epiphanies over time without having to flat line your body on the operating table.
Blog entry
29 Jan 2013 - 8:38pm
Government, Society, and Business all share the same underlying thread - relationship negotiation. When relationships are negotiated along the lines of Greed (we can call this the Ayn Rand complex), people suffer. Additionally, there are only two eventualities for any species that ever has existed, or that ever will exist in the cosmos - Self-Destruction or Sustainable World Peace. Right now this world is on the path to Self-Destruction. Heroes arise when circumstances demand it - and circumstances certainly demand it NOW. I am the founder of Business Atoms - http://www.businessatoms.com. Business Atoms is dedicated to helping bring about Sustainable World Peace by providing a relationship negotiation model rooted in Love within the business world. We believe that this model will organically be replicated within Society and Government once its value is proven beyond doubt. Once the relationship negotiation model is replicated in Government, Sustainable World Peace will be possible. We are proving out the relationship negotiation model with our daily actions by executing on our mission of Integrity Over Profit. Beliefs and Priorities must change before Decisions and Actions can. We are committed to helping people Understand (revealing the Light), through our Actions and Results, that Sustainable World Peace is well within our reach if we begin negotiating our relationships along the lines of Love instead of along the lines of Greed. Change begins with Awareness, and we exist to help drive that Awareness.
KNOW that you are Loved. I, and many others like me, Love you simply because you exist. This is Unconditional Love, and it is THE ONLY path to Sustainable World Peace. If you are reading this, you are being invited to join us, if you have not already, in demonstrating Unconditional Love as a way of life. This is far more difficult than it may at first seem, but the Good News is that you can do it – and not only do you have within you, right now at this moment, the Power to Love Unconditionally, but the process of learning to Love Unconditionally will automatically bring Happiness and Peace into your life. It does not matter the color of your skin, your religion, your gender, or any other perceived label that we humans choose to place upon one another. You are a human, and that, in and of itself, means that you have the Power to Love Unconditionally. It also means that Happiness and Peace are your birthright – you simply have to walk the Path of Unconditional Love to find them.
If you choose to join us in taking up this extraordinary responsibility, know two things. #1 – Walking the Path is difficult (extraordinarily so at times) but, as with all learning experiences, it becomes less difficult the further down the Path you get. #2 – No other person, no matter who they may be, can tell you how to Walk the Path. The underlying reason for these two facts is One – Walking the Path to Unconditional Love is a matter of clearing your own individual blockages of Unconditional Love. God Is Love. When God made us in his image, he included Unconditional Love as part of that image. That means that to Love Unconditionally is our natural state as human beings. That also means that if we are not yet Loving Unconditionally, it has nothing to do with our natural state, and everything to do with being blocked in some way and/or ways. Those blockages are a direct result of our personal experiences and conditioning over time, and since our blockages apply only to us at the individual level, so too does the ability to clear those blockages.
Each person must Walk his or her own Path to Unconditional Love. The one hint we can give you to help you Walk the Path effectively is that, since Unconditional Love is your natural state, Focus with Intention on clearing any and all blockages that do not allow you to Love every single person on the planet Unconditionally. As you do this, you will enact the Spiritual Law of Attraction in your life around Happiness and Peace and the result will be that you will naturally become ever more happy and peaceful as a result. Therefore, Loving Unconditionally is not something you must Do, rather, it is simply something you must Remember How to Do. God Is Love, and so are You.
If you choose to join us, please state your Intention to do so to the world by signing this petition at change.org, https://www.change.org/petitions/people-of-earth-achieve-sustainable-world-peace, and then send share our Invitation to Walk the Path with at least 33 of your closest family and friends.
Together we WILL bring Peace to this World.
Love & Light,
Jamon Crockom
Blog entry
29 Jan 2013 - 8:33pm
ive always had very vivid dreams but as i grew older they slowed down and became less important/less real to me. but starting in october last year i started seeing the future in my dreams but i would forget what i dreamed until a moment before it happenned mostly its been things like coffee being brewed and someone walking into the room with a certain outfit and attitude then saying something that i couldnt recall until just before they said it. about 3-4 months ago i had a dream about kittens i dreamed that i was going outside and as i put my foot down i saw a kitten's head beneath my foot and a loud crunching sound i remember trying to show my older sister and my mom without letting my little sister see it was dead i wasnt successful then all i remember is the tears of my little sister and of my niece and nephew then i woke up and could only remember death and deep sadness this feeling of sadness followed me all that day. the next day i had forgotten all about it my little sister ran in giggling and said "the neighbours are giving us their kittens all three of them!!!!!!!" she was ecstatic (she is only 7 after all) i was happy for her but felt something was wrong this feeling went away though and 2 months later i was stepping outside it was a beautiful day and i remembered my dream i froze looked down and saw the kitten i stopped myself from killing him. i pondered about this for a long long time but couldnt make sense of it, then modern life began to take hold i started working on my drivers permit and practicing my first interview in front of the mirror shaving for the first time and finally getting drunk for the first time. after being drunk my dreams stopped altogether and for some reason i believed i never had dreams i began to fall into deep depression i was suicidal i looked at every little shortcoming and thought i was worthless. a month passes in this manner and i stumbled on a video series called "The Spirit Science" on youtube it embodied everything i was wanting to learn and remember i realized my purpose and felt powerful i began sending and receiving energies from the air and the grid and still am today. yesterday my chosen hindrance re-manifested and became worse than ever before i wont go into detail as it is very gross if you want me to i will but as i said its very very gross. after i had dealt with my problem i was crying uncontrollably i remembered waht it was like after my sister Victory ascended i remember setting apart times of the day to feel my un-describable sorrow i had lost the only one who understood who i am and i was jealous of her ascension i was 9 at this time. with these memories came the dreams in more frequent and amusing order sometimes ill be looking for something and find as im asking if anyone has seen it, almost as if a gentle hand points my head toward it im beggining to want to heal people with my energies because it feels so powerful and i just want to share it with those who need it especially the weak and the sick. after this basic desire and knowledge was developed i began to fall in and out of fear. i was in my room trying to go to sleep i feel a presence and look over at the side of my bed and saw a little girl materialize in front of me on the bed with a knowing half-smile as if im a fond memory of hers i stare at her for a full minute before she disappears i fell into fear and anger shortly thereafter i think she was my sister i cant remember her very well but i felt her near me, i think we are star-siblings because our bond was so strong. after a long time feeling hatred and utter anguish and remembering my suicidal days i began to rise out of my self hatred and fear of what i saw. i must sound weak compared to all of you who have seen and done so much and i know now that i will grow more powerful and be free of all things physical. my latest dream was last night in it i was asleep and a type 2 grey (zeta-reticuli also known as the "tall greys") was standing next to the bed watching me sleep in my dream i wake up and am not shocked to see him we look ito each other for a long time exchanging our thoughts through emotion that we send between each other i look into him and see that he is not evil but he is not perfect either he is jealous of my ability to feel love as i realize he cannot feel as i do.he is different than i am. as i realize this i become very afraid of him because he is different than i am though i know he is not deserving of this fearfulness after he had come to me because i am nearing the time when my purpose must be carried out he came to help prepare me. and now what i cant understand is this: did i see the future of when he comes to me? or did he come in a spiritual form so that i would dream of him? what ever the truth is, i will not allow myself to be controlled by my fear anymore i am to be free of it as everyone is. i only hope it will be sooner than later. let me know what you think id love to have several different opinions on it so please critism and praise meh where its deserved ;) as i will be saying from this point on light and love!
video
29 Jan 2013 - 1:57pm
28 jan 2013
What is my mission?
How can I find it?
Why is it important that I live it?
Some tips regarding these questions :)
Here's the link to find out more about March 14-17 Skiing Bliss Out:
http://www.charismelina.com/skiing-bliss-out.html
Teaching
29 Jan 2013 - 11:17am
The New Service is Passion in Action
www.ecologyofthespirit.com
"A Journey of 1000 miles begins with a single step."~Confucius
The Journey of Life
in the Universe
© Aleister Crowley
The freedom to undertake any action; Mastery of the forms & forces of Earth; Liberation to attain Kosmic Consciousness
In our transformative healing journey we let go of the wrangling stories of our past that we used to define ourselves and the energy draining dramas we used as excuses and vices to nurture our pain that kept us locked into anxiety stress patterns. We embraced forgiveness and surrender to allow Nature's Healing Reorganization to reorient us onto a new path of action. Nature's Healing Reorganization aligns mind, feeling and body with inner essence and with the essence of all life systems.
In the reorganization process we discover parts of ourselves that we have inwardly outgrown - the disconnected areas of the personality that hid behind the destructive walls of society with its adverse effects and runaway problems. We begin to embrace a whole new way of thinking whose effect is a whole new way of acting.
To reflect our inner reality we have adjusted our outward circumstances to in turn reflect our inner maturity that we have attained psychically and invisibly through Nature's connecting pathways or webstring connections. This natural ally of support translates to how we present ourselves in the social world so that we remain reasonably aligned with who we have inwardly become. In our authenticity we no longer find a need to be a time server or have the desire to wear a social mask for a prefabricated role that does not represent our authentic individual inner processes as Nature connected humans. In our heightened sensitivity we continue to discover ourselves through the renewal of Nature's processes and express this authenticity in the world. It is at this juncture of integration that we must trust our inner compass and have faith in universal support - of grounding Spirit into matter as our guiding waking consciousness.
Transformation onto higher pathways invites us to claim our courage toward fulfilling our primary need of social continuity rather than social control. In claiming our courage we have many questions, but we are quickly reminded that there are no victims in life, only unconscious creators. Whole self wellbeing is borne from accessing the healing mind in Nature and wisdom to support our transformation needs. When there is the dawning of awareness, there is choice or heresy where a range of options has been considered rather than to the exclusion of all other options (orthodoxy). A heretic is someone who chooses what to believe. And we are encouraged toward constructive engagement - to put gnosis into motion in response to the empathic call of our inner Nature rooted in the natural environment and intimately allied with other species.
To succeed with the shift, we look at reality squarely in the eye and in the spirit of commitment, persistence and focus, we claim opportunities and circumstances that supports responsible action toward self, the community of life and the Natural world.
Energy is governed by the patterns of Universal Law and Principle and naked eye astronomy lends clues to our terrestrial questions. If we choose to embody the Path of Heart into our lives we must rightly direct our energies to dance in rhythm with the universal circuit that guides planetary life in cycles of perpetual motion. Transformation is an ever-changing life affirming process that is built upon self renewal in both ourselves and Nature. Transformation always includes the deepest inner self in the perception of reality. It is from this perspective that we delve into the Path of Heart to set up our Path of Action, the cooperative way that recovers the essential self through reciprocity with our Natural environment. And from the magic of the heart, take passionate action in standing for Life!
Teaching
29 Jan 2013 - 11:06am
Cultivating your Inner Diamond
Accessing Power through the Heart
http://www.ecologyofthespirit.com/_invitation/invitation.htm
Your vision will become clear only when you can look into your own heart.
Who looks outside, dreams; who looks inside, awakens. ~Carl Jung
In the process of learning to be emotionally healthy we encounter roadblocks that detour us into unknown parts of ourselves - areas that have been in disconnect with the balance and harmony in our environment. Some of these detour experiences fill us with a sense of wellbeing in the wisdom they impart, while some deplete us by fixing our attention onto false beliefs systems with their dogmatic stories about reality and Nature.
"What is programmed within us that moves us toward the negative rather than the positive? Why is it that the experiences of fear, anger, confusion, resistance, denial, shame, doubt and unworthiness dominate most over positive characteristics such as joy, compassion, love, honesty, integrity and so on? How can we better navigate our lives keeping what is most natural in us in tact without losing ourselves in the sea of conditioning experiences? How do we hold what is most dear in our hearts close to us without having to bargain or relinquish them for surrogates because we lack self-empowerment, support and the courage to honor and value them with passion? What makes it so difficult to know ourselves?"
Questioning the forces that actually dictates our lives is relevant to our evolution and so we are confronted with time sensitive opportunities to investigate what separates our essential nature from our Source of immediate sustenance - the Spiritual Heart in Nature.
Now I speak to each and ask the Essence of your Being, "What Is Your Deepest Dream?" Ponder this...it matters. "What inspiration arises?" The reality that is your life has already produced the answer. Your head speaks and I ask you to respond with your heart. I ask again. "What Is Your Deepest Dream?" and "Who Are You, Really? You and not your money, your job, your technology, your roles in life, your things, an external object..."Who are you when you drop these vestiges of identification?" Your Passion and Deepest Dream lends clue to the authentic you that remains constant in any circumstance or relationship. When the essence of who you are is aligned with life affirming actions that support your purpose, circumstances reshape to model that truth.
The inner quest of Self always leads us to what is most attractive in fulfilling self gnosis. Enquiry into emotional belief patterns that builds on the foundation of our existence to create outcomes or our realities is worthy. Why we continue to re-create personal dramas and disasters builds onto that concept of self-worth. The study of our feelings and emotional responses helps us to learn what creates positive energy, exuberance and empathy in our lives in contrast to what produces inertia, anxiety and anger.
"KNOW THY SELF!"
~Lord Buddah, Master Jesus Christ
"Our Authentic Self is the true source of our emotional security and the only Diamond we need."
The Star
© Aleister Crowley
Crystallization, self-recognition, clear vision, trust in self, connection to Universal Intelligence
We should surrender our intention to selfishly seek merit and recognition for our merit, and instead simply plant merit and cultivate wisdom.
~ Jae Woong Kim, "Polishing the Diamond"
"Nature connected thinking uses fifty-three sources of sensory information."
"Each of our 53 natural senses
is a distinct way of knowing,
loving and feeling."
~ Michael J. Cohen, Reconnecting with Nature
In knowing our self, we awaken. Self meet Self!
Journeying into the heart of the Mother connects us to our authentic core self that is alive within each of us as Nature. As a species of Nature, cooperative consent with our environment fully authenticates ourselves and we experience trust, nurturance and Love that exists in the reciprocal flow of Being, between self and the Spiritual Heart in Nature - the Good, the Beautiful and the True! Beauty is Truth and spontaneously following and enjoying natural attractions helps us to acquire sensory awareness about ourselves. Following the flow of intuitive response through nature attraction we gain clarity how anxiety, stress, sadness, depression, jealousy, and inertia produces giant gaps in our consciousness. Our disconnection with the Spiritual Source in Nature replaced with industrial thinking and its nature conquering stories produces gaps that perforates the natural flow of being between what we think, feel, say and do. Such lack of inner congruency between the internal and external self produces a human culture that scapegoats reality and supports destructive patterns of living as the norm.
Reconnecting with the Spirit in Nature bridges gaps in sensory awareness revealing an unforeseen integrity with the living tapestry of life. As our sentient inner nature attractions merge with sentient Earth, we gain clarity and multisensory capacity. Clarity enables us to confront the nature disconnected stories that produces our psychological fears and self-imposed limitations. We come to understand that Fear is the great self abnegator and a paralytic defeater in changing our destructive patterns. We withdraw support from those who separate nature intelligence from our lives. Fear is a driver of consciousness inasmuch as empathy is. Choose wisely the Path of Action!
Multisensory connection entwined with Nature wisdom and nurture teaches us how to safely and trustingly experience the nature of our inner workings as a re-educational process into whole self wellbeing. Feelings of in-the-moment joy, fun and laughter are hallmarks of good health, self-balance and harmony with our environment. Self-awareness lies within the Heart of Nature and allowing natures spirit and wisdom into our thinking we can overcome separation from her intelligence and renew our relationship with our environment and ourselves. Herein, we begin to craft a new language of the heart.
Story
29 Jan 2013 - 10:18am
29-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Self Realisation
The art of self realisation is necessary for spiritual ascension. To recognise and understand the SELF is to realise the wisdom of God.
To be inquisitive to learning is to lay down a path for one to travel; it is the intention to learn that creates the energy and rive for the mind to carry out any task including all material to spiritual.
Without the first step of intention, nothing would be manifested and the energies from the universal consciousness would not be sourced.
Self realisation is an inner quest for the hidden and secret library of the SELF; and this is unique to one's own identity and life path.
Every one has a unique finger print and ideal; this is the same spiritually too.
Often a person can be kept a part from family and friends then merge later on in life.
In the original Akashic record that we have found, to find the original path, God wanted US to travel; only then we would find our life’s worth and tasks.
Otherwise, the mysteries of our life will continue and the frustration of not knowing what lies ahead would continue.
My dear light beings look inwards and feel in silence to YOU.
Your mother; the words are necessary to aid in your quest for the inward journey of YOU.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
video
29 Jan 2013 - 7:38am
A new humanity beckons. A new way of being in a new paradigm. What's that all about? Openhand's "Homo Divinicus" seminar in Glastonbury early January 2013...
Teaching
28 Jan 2013 - 12:02pm
On the meaning of: OM MANI PADME HUM
http://www.sacred-texts.com/bud/tib/omph.htm
The jewel is in the lotus or praise to the jewel in the lotus
by His Holiness Tenzin Gyatso The Fourteenth Dalai Lama of Tibet
It is very good to recite the mantra OM MANI PADME HUM, but while
you are doing it, you should be thinking on its meaning, for the
meaning of the six syllables is great and vast. The first, OM, is
composed of three pure letters, A, U, and M. These symbolize the
practitioner's impure body, speech, and mind; they also symbolize the
pure exalted body, speech and mind of a Buddha.
Can impure body, speech and mind be transformed into pure body,
speech and mind, or are they entirely separate? All Buddhas are cases
of being who were like ourselves and then in dependence on the path
became enlightened; Buddhism does not assert that there is anyone who
from the beginning is free from faults and possesses all good
qualities. The development of pure body, speech, and mind comes from
gradually leaving the impure states and their being transformed into
the pure.
How is this done? The path is indicated by the next four syllables.
MANI, meaning jewel, symbolizes the factor of method- the altruistic
intention to become enlightened, compassion, and love. Just as a
jewel is capable of removing poverty, so the altruistic mind of
enlightenment is capable of removing the poverty, or difficulties, of
cyclic existence and of solitary peace. Similarly, just as a jewel
fulfills the wishes of sentient beings, so the altruistic intention to
become enlightened fulfills the wishes of sentient beings.
The two syllables, PADME, meaning lotus, symbolize wisdom. Just as
a lotus grows forth from mud but is not sullied by the faults of mud,
so wisdom is capable of putting you in a situation of non-
contradiction where as there would be contradiction if you did not
have wisdom. There is wisdom realizing impermanence, wisdom realizing
that persons are empty of self-sufficient or substantial existence,
wisdom that realizes the emptiness of duality (that is to say, of
difference of entity between subject and object), and wisdom that
realizes the emptiness of inherent existence. Though there are may
different types of wisdom, the main of all these is the wisdom
realizing emptiness.
Purity must be achieved by an indivisible unity of method and
wisdom, symbolized by the final syllable, HUM, which indicates
indivisibility. According to the sutra system, this indivisibility of
method and wisdom refers to one consciousness in which there is a full
form of both wisdom affected by method and method affected by wisdom.
In the mantra, or tantra vehicle, it refers to one conciousness in
which there is the full form of both wisdom and method as one
undifferentiable entity. In terms of the seed syllables of the five
conqueror Buddhas, HUM is the is the seed syllable of Akshobhya- the
immovable, the unfluctuating, that which cannot be disturbed by
anything.
Thus the six syllables, OM MANI PADME HUM, mean that in dependence
on the practice which is in indivisible union of method and wisdom,
you can transform your impure body, speech and mind into the pure
body, speech, and mind of a Buddha. It is said that you should not
seek for Buddhahood outside of yourself; the substances for the
achievement of Buddhahood are within. As Maitreya says in his SUBLIME
CONTINUUM OF GREAT VEHICLE (UTTARA TANTRA) all beings naturally have
the Buddha nature in their own continuum. We have within us the seed
of purity, the essence of a One Gone Thus (TATHAGATAGARBHA), that is
to be transformed and full developed into Buddhahood.
(From a lecture given by His Holiness The Dalai Lama of Tibet at the
Kalmuck Mongolian Buddhist Center, New Jersey.)
Teaching
28 Jan 2013 - 11:54am
We Are: The Illusion of Separateness
http://www.innerfrontier.org/Practices/IllusionOfSeparateness.htm
We live alone within our personal shell. We relate to people as if appearances were real, as if the ultimate truth dictates that I am here and you are there and an impenetrable wall separates us.
When I look at another person I see the outside. I see a body clearly separate from mine. But when I look at myself, I see the inside, I see my awareness, my consciousness. I know, rationally, that you have awareness, consciousness in you just as I do, that you have hopes and dreams, knowledge and fears just as I do. But when I look at you, I do not see all this. I know the whole glory and catastrophe of being a human resides there in you, but I don’t see it. And so I assume and act as if consciousness is mine alone, as if consciousness stops at my skin. My perception does not show me your consciousness. You remain hollow to me, just an animated body, not real in the way that I am. How can I bridge this gap between us? How can I operate from the reality that I know must be true despite the limitations of my perception? How can I see you to be as real as I am?
The source of this illusion of separateness lies in the illusion of the ego. Relaxing with friends or family we may lower our inner barriers. In the underlying context of awareness, in the silent pool of consciousness we discover spaciousness without limits. Beneath our thoughts, beneath our emotions, we let go into simple awareness, into consciousness, the field in which we live and experience, the very substance of experience. Consciousness knows no boundaries, does not end at our skin. Space embraces us all, as does consciousness. Space penetrates all and walls cannot limit it. Likewise, our bodies do not define the limits of consciousness.
To rest in awareness, in consciousness, we drop our shell of separation, our false identity and enter the larger world, the great present. As we drain this moat of egoism, we see others in a new way: just people, neither more nor less than ourselves. Sharing in consciousness, knowing that others experience a full inner world just as we do, we begin to bridge the gap. We become simultaneously an entire universe in ourselves and just “one of the guys.” The “guys” become one in consciousness, even though we continue to experience this peculiar fact of life: that we directly know only our own thoughts, emotions, sensations, and not anyone else’s.
The more we enter into the stillness of simple awareness, the more we drop our fences of separation and identity in the consciousness that we share. This brings us to the first level of unity among people: unity in consciousness. Prior to this level, we can speak of cooperation and relationship but not unity.
Will offers a field for another kind of unity: shared intention and common purpose. The levels of unity under commonality of will depend on the depth and breadth of the sharing: from family, to community, to nation, to all humanity, to all life, to the Great Purpose of the Universe. We all enter into shared purpose with others in many types of communities: the corporation, the school, the sports team, the orchestra, the worship community, the political party, the military unit, the construction crew, the city, state, or nation. In all such cases of associated intention, we act in a coordinated fashion as part of a unit larger than our individual self. The result can be true and deep fellowship along with a sense of fulfillment. Shared intention, at its most effective, does not entail loss of individuality, but rather our fully individualized and unique participation in a greater whole.
We know in our hearts that our aim for a meaningful life depends on becoming fully ourselves while transcending ourselves. Both unity in consciousness and unity in will enrich and transform us with a spirit that eventually approaches Love.
Blog entry
28 Jan 2013 - 6:38am
Hello son,
When the conscious meets the subconscious the flame will open.
When the path is set and the target becomes a goal the flame will open.
When silence becomes a habit and wisdom is instilled the flame will open.
When rage is diminished and overlooked for patience the flame will open.
When the steps become silent and the tramping stops the flame will open.
When the mind recognises the truth over chaos the flame will open.
When a person shatters his false dreams and replaces them with hope the flame will open.
When Mankind walks in hand with the Creator he realises he is not alone the flame will open.
When he realises that creation is valued and treasured the flame will open.
When arrogance replaces with truth the flame will open.
When he sees as an observer and not as a critic the flame will open.
When he embraces his family and friends and sees what they see the flame will open.
When he chooses his words carefully the flame will open.
When he helps someone that did not ask for it the flame will open.
When he chooses belief over material things the flame will open.
When he walks and sees the world as it is in awe the flame will open.
When truth overtakes his mind and he communicates with above the flame has opened.
Your mother who has opened her flame of knowledge and wisdom.
Take Care
Shazi
Blog entry
28 Jan 2013 - 3:43am
" All of us are wise. All of us have access to inner truth.
No one holds a single key to truth above all others.
" Rest in your emerging divinity and consciousness.
Do not grasp for it. Receive it and enjoy. "
SPIRITUAL AWAKENING
This evolution of consciousness normally is a slow process and most personalities are not aware that they are part of an evolutionary growth. However, as the personality comes closer to perfection, it does become aware of its purpose and it begins to long for spiritual unfoldment. Before this spiritual awakening, the personality may already have believed in God and followed a religious faith in the traditional way. But there is a difference. In the traditional religious life the believer may try to follow the doctrines of his faith the best he can, but he basically remains on the same slow evolutionary path of consciousness.
With the spiritual awakening, spiritual growth becomes the main focus of this personality. The slow evolutionary process now becomes a spiritual revolution, not only in regard to the speed of the growth of consciousness but also in regard to the overthrow of established values. This spiritual revolution may take place within the confines of an established religion or it may happen outside a religious faith. Within a religion, these awakening spirits will sooner or later come in conflict with established doctrines. They may try to revolutionise or restore their church to its highest ideals and eventually become mystics or saints or martyrs or just start their own church or sect. Most established religions had at best an uneasy relationship with their mystics and (later) saints.
In any way, whether the awakening and subsequent spiritual growth takes place within or without an established religion, the awakening personality will begin to follow the spiritual guidance that comes from within rather than the established rules and doctrines of church and society. Spirituality is no longer something that one does on Sunday mornings or other established times and according to established rules, but rather it becomes the central purpose and focus of life. With this, we may say that the personality is now on the spiritual path.
" Everything you need for spiritual advancement is already inside of you. Treat it as your own treasure-trove of precious
jewels just waiting to be discovered. Approach the inner journey with joy and reverence for the beautiful spark of God
within, and with the love you have for your Godself , feel it expand into the fullness of flame. " - Tara (me)
" The greatness of a nation can be judged
by the way its animals are treated. "
- Mahatma Gandhi
" Mindfulness is taking control of your life. Your everyday life can be more meaningful and
full of energy if you focus on what you are doing in the Now moment. Yes, it takes practice.
Everything worth achieving takes effort, and what is more important than your own precious
energy and achieving what you have set out to do each day with calmness and clarity. "
- Tara
Tara's Quotes from blogs:
http://tara-spiritualinsights.blogspot.com.au/
Teaching
28 Jan 2013 - 1:56am
Everyone is naturally born intuitive, when we were very young children we acted from a place of feeling and sensing rather than thinking. As we grew older schooling and society taught us what to think and how to behave, we moved our consciousness out of the heart and into in our head. We became caught up in our thoughts, believing that these thoughts are really who we are. From this our ego grows creating the sense of identity that we call “I”.
By realising that we are not these thoughts, but rather the presence that sees them, we can start reconnecting to our hearts and remembering our natural state of being. Once we enter this state, it becomes easier to notice and connect with our intuitive abilities.
From my perspective, we have four main intuitive abilities and two minor ones, which have similarities and are linked to our five physical senses (seeing, hearing, touch, taste and smell).
Most people have at least one main ability which they are aware of to some degree, sometimes two or more if you are attuned to your intuitive skills. Once you discover your abilities, you can start developing them more and use it to improve your life in all sorts of ways.
Seeing
The first main intuitive ability is Seeing, this is usually in the form of an image or moving visual scene that appears in our imagination. It might only last for a split second or it could be a few seconds if it is a moving scene (like a video clip). These images can sometimes be random, in other words have nothing to do with what you were thinking about, but they will always be relevant in some way.
In rare occasions you might see something with your physical eyes if you're in a receptive state, though this usually occurs in the corner of our vision. Some people who have developed this ability well, can actually see other people's energetic fields (aura) and other things we normally do not see.
With this ability if you pay attention to it, we can get flashes of what is going to happen in the immediate future, this can normally range from a few seconds to a couple of minutes ahead of when it actually occurs. Also if you have lost or misplaced something, an image might pop into your imagination of where you would be able to find it, and most of the time this turns out to be correct.
If a spiritual being like our spirit guide wants to connect with us, you may see a picture of them or of something that reminds you of them in your mind.
To increase this ability more in your life, each day take some time to allow your self to day dream, relax and let go for while, just like when you were a little kid. Doing this will help your imagination to grow and become more vivid. During the day give more attention to the images that arise in your mind and see if they are telling you anything about what is happening within and around you.
Hearing
The second main ability is Hearing, this will most likely take the form of your inner voice, yes the voice you hear in your mind as you are reading this sentence. Your presence (higher self) communicates with you through this voice, the trick is learning how tell the difference between your regular thoughts and the ones coming from a deeper level. The easy way to do this is to ask yourself, are the words you receive based in love. They should uplift, inspire and bring joy to your experience, if not then they are probably founded in fear and most likely arriving from the ego.
Trust is the most difficult thing about this ability, since in the beginning you will often think you making all this up in your head. With time you will be able to feel the difference in the energy between your ego and your presence.
When our presence or other spiritual beings communicate with us, each sentence they send to us happens in a spilt second, almost like a thought bubble of light. Our mind takes a short while to decode the thought into something we can understand and because of this we can occasionally misinterpret what was said. But nonetheless the feeling behind the message is more important than the actual words.
This ability is also used for channelling, the words heard can be spoken out aloud and recorded or written down by hand. With practice it is easy enough to do it for yourself instead of having to rely on other sources for information.
A few people may actually hear voices separate from their inner voice, coming from either outside or inside the head through their physical hearing; though I personally have not experienced this.
To expand this ability, start by talking to your presence (higher self) daily. To do this, sit in a comfortable place, take a few deep breaths and relax; move your attention away from your head and into your heart. Start to feel the love within your heart for a little while, then allow the love to flow into every part of your body, into every cell and every atom. Next imagine a warm blanket of glowing white or golden light surrounding your entire body. Then bring your awareness back into your heart; and invite your presence to start communicating with you. Try to let the words flow out from your heart rather than from the head area, ask your presence any questions you feel like asking and be open to receive the answers.
The inner voice will sound very gentle, comforting and loving, if the voice telling you negative things, it's most likely your ego getting in the way. Just breath deeply again, connect to your heart, feel the love and start the process again or try doing it another time when you are feeling good.
After a little while you will be able to talk to your presence at any time, even when doing activities that don't require much thinking, like walking or washing dishes.
Feeling
The third main ability is Feeling, this has to do with sensing energies that reside within you and also around you. This ability in my opinion is most important one you should try developing, as it provides you with a lot of feedback when using your other abilities. As such I will talk about this in much more detail than the others.
The energies outside you could appear from the environment that you are in, other people and objects near you. Environmental energies cover a vast amount of things, such as from the sun, moon and stars. The earth's energy is something we experience everyday since we are in her energetic field all the time, this especially can be felt when we go out into nature.
We also have an energetic field surrounding our body (aura) and because of this when people enter our field just by being near us, it can have some effect on us. This is more so the case if this is your main ability, since it will be easier for you to pick up people's emotional energy, particularly if it's negative.
One good and easy technique to do, is to transform these energies into something more positive. To do this simply bring your attention in to your heart and start to feel the love within. Then imagine a beautiful blanket of electric blue light surrounding the outside of your body. This blue light and the love you feel inside, automatically transmutes any incoming energies in to a higher vibration. The blue light has the added benefit of creating a calming effect around you. This technique is particularly useful when large crowds of people are around you and also when having to deal with people in low emotional states such anger or sadness.
Objects whether human made or natural can also have an effect on our energies throughout the day. Human made objects such as homes, buildings, cars, public transport, can store and transmit the energies other of people when you are near them.
For example in an office building were the workers are generally unhappy and don't want to be there, energy from their negative emotions will be absorbed in to everything around them including the equipment, furniture and the building itself. When you walk into such a place, if you are aware, you will immediately get the sense that something isn’t quite right or if you aren't paying attention, you'll slowly start feeling bad without knowing why.
The good news is that you can expand on the technique above, to sent love into everything around you. Continuing on from after surrounding your body with an electric blue light; imagine the love flowing out from your heart into everything around you, into every person, every object, the empty space (air) and finally the entire building. You can also imagine the love as a brilliant pink light flowing through your heart into your arms and finally out of your hands into everything around you, if you feel more comfortable with this. Sometimes sending love will create a noticeable change in people and the surroundings, at other times things will just seem a little more peaceful. You don't have to worry about affecting peoples freewill when doing this, as they will choose either consciously or unconsciously whether or not they want these positive energies in their life.
Experiment by doing this in different places, especially in the place where you live and take more notice of how things start changing around you when trying this out.
Next let's move on to our sensing of internal energies, these can come from many places including our emotions, ego, physical body and presence.
Emotions are easy for us to feel, they usually have an effect on some part of our body; lower emotions such sadness, fear or anger, can be commonly felt in the area of your stomach or lower abdomen. Higher emotions such as love, joy and happiness are felt mainly in the heart region. You may also notice physical tingling sensations, such as butterflies in your stomach or a tickling feeling in your heart associated with these emotions.
Knowing this when you encounter people or situations, bring your attention to your inner body and notice how you feel inside. If you get feelings such as peace and calm that's a good sign, if you get feelings like nervousness or tension, that's a sign you need to move away from that person or situation. You can also use this “gut” feeling when having to make a decision about something in general, simply ask yourself the question and you will then receive the answer in the form of a feeling. The actual feelings and where in the body they are felt may be different for you, so take this only as an example and discover them out for yourself.
Our ego creates thoughts in our consciousness which then can trigger emotional reactions in us, depending on how much we get in caught up in our thoughts, determines the strength of the emotion. Watching our thoughts and not taking part in the “drama” of them, helps us to remain in a more peaceful state.
The physical body also gives us a lot of signs of what is happening inside of us, when it is feeling good, it is energetic and alive; when it isn’t, you will feel some form of discomfort or pain. These unpleasant sensations in our body provide pointers into areas we may need to look into. For example if we have in a pain in our lower back, it might be a sign that we are carrying too much stress in our body without letting it go. Bringing more love into the body will help transmute and release the stress.
A good way of finding out if we have connected to presence is we will feel more peace, love and joy inside our hearts. This is also the feeling we get when we connect to spiritual beings, because they usually communicate to us by connecting to our presence.
Knowing
The fourth main ability is Knowing, this has to do with receiving information from a source other than yourself, this could be from your presence, spiritual beings or somewhere else. When we receive the information it comes in the form of a download embedded in light directly into our consciousness, we then instantly have an inner knowing about that subject. This ability is very subtle and we might not even be aware of how we got the information, but we just know it somehow.
Some examples of this are, you might have a deep knowing that you are an eternal being that continues on even after the body dies, you don't have any proof of this but you know deeply that this is the ultimate truth. Another example is, you just know that you have three spirit guides without anyone telling you about them; later on you find someone who confirms to you that this is indeed correct. One more example might be, you are working on a problem that you need to find solution for, and then suddenly out of nowhere the answer pops into head, which you had no conscious knowledge of before.
Your presence can send you information about past lives experienced here on earth and elsewhere in this manner as well; and it also can access knowledge from other sources on your behalf if you ask it to. Spirit guides will often send you little messages in this form, like when you ask them a question and later on in day you'll suddenly realise that you know the answer to it.
You may find that it is easier for you to receive these downloads when you are in a more relaxed state, such as in meditation; you might even remember getting downloads while you were asleep for the night and woke the next day.
To expand this ability you can use the same technique described in the section about Hearing, once you get to the part about bringing your awareness back into your heart, simply stay there and be open for a few minutes to receive any messages in the form of downloads.
Tasting and Smelling
The next two minor abilities are Tasting and Smelling, the easiest way to connect with them is to think of a past memory. For example the most tastiest meal you ever had in your life, or the most wonderful fragrance you've ever smelt. These memories will cause you sense that taste of the food on your tongue or the aroma of that scent in your nose. Another example is, at times when somebody is telling you about a meal they are cooking at home, you can almost smell and taste exactly what they are describing to you as if you were actually there. It is also possible to sometimes pick the taste and smell of an object as you pick it up, such as a bottle of orange juice. Spiritual beings can also occasionally leave a beautiful fragrance in the room to show that they are near to you.
To strengthen these abilities try holding a packaged food item that hasn't been opened in your hands and use your imagination to smell and taste the food, after a little while you soon find that you can actually sense the food. If you are game enough you could even try something like a bottle of dish washing liquid for a more intense experience.
So with a little practice anyone can develop their intuitive abilities, you may find that you are more stronger in certain ones than others, but once you start using your abilities daily all the rest of them will start grow as well.
I would like to tell you that I am not a professional intuitive nor am I a teacher, I am just a human being sharing my knowledge and experiences with you. Always ask in your heart if the words here ring true to you. If not, then simply let them go and find something that resonates deeply within you.
Please remember to stay centered within your heart throughout the day, this will help bring more love and joy into your experience of life and make it easier to connect with your abilities.
Blessings,
Lumire
Story
27 Jan 2013 - 7:33pm
Your True BEAUTY is a Perfection of Nature
Melchizedek’s Weekly Message ~ January 27 – February 03, 2013
Received by, Julie Miller
January 27, 2013
The very foundation of the path many of you are on to unite not only with your own true heart but with all of humanity truly does begin within your soul. The process which your journey takes is based on the energy that moves within you and all around you. You are drawn to many interests and each one helps to develop your Self. It is well understood dear ones that each of you are already living within your eternal consciousness. When you climb the ascension ladder to reach higher realms of consciousness you are indeed reaching new heights within yourself that is undeniably demonstrated through the purity of your actions. Your soul dear ones does not require ascension as it is already enlightened and infinite perfect. It is your experiences that you meet that provide you all the growth required to connect once again with your natural self that is intertwined with Mother Earth and with your infinite Self on a Universal level. When you are able to recognize this connection that is within you, you will then find yourself home with the Prime Source of ours and of your creation and that would be God dear ones.
The grand illusion of separateness is a ruling thought form that was born through an Egotistic complex of ideas derived to have you believe you were truly separated from your soul and from Spirit. With the Ego under the spotlight, many people that walk among you are realizing the Ego is contentious and because it is such a trouble-some division of the mind it is unable to contribute clearly with the Miracle of your Life and has been known to be a menace to your independent conscience and natural connection with Nature at a spiritual level. The Ego is filled with mechanical behaviour that causes divisions within your complex spiritual nature that has the ultimate ability to be in balance with all that you are within your mental, emotional, spiritual and physical faculties. The Ego will create false forms in your mind of how you are to live by guiding you through your emotions, actions and reactions. By observing others that manoeuvre through their journey with their Egos directing them you are able to learn from their experiences. Second-hand experiences: learning from other’s experiences is a beneficial way of increasing your own wisdom. You are able to see and learn what happens when people allow their Egos to rule. The person that lives through their Ego lives within an artificial form of Self. When you are able to walk away from the controlling Ego, and begin living through the purity of your heart, you soon discover how much more liberating and naturally healing it is to live in balance of your whole self that you are able to discover when you go within and find your true beauty that is a perfection of nature. When you add substitutes to increase your journey’s experience and development you are really disconnecting rather than connecting – becoming asphyxiated through your own humanness thus bringing your eternal soul into behaving in a robotic automatic way.
When you take the time to connect with the divine nature of your own wisdom and intellect, your soul rises and over-rides your Ego’s concept of control and reality and you begin to discover the spirit that has always been within your body and you work to ground and reconnect this spirit into every fiber of your being. When your soul is unhindered with its own divine abilities and divine intellect you now are able to contribute openly with the Miracle of your Life that is one with the Living Earth to reach deep spiritual understanding through direct communication with the Divine. This Somatic enlightenment described is a simple concept and is available to each of you dear ones.
Of course there is a blending within all things even those that are different. It is within the union that enables the connection to the multiplicity of your relationships – bridging together different ideas and concepts together as one from working with the important life energies as well as the patterns that were produced from the inter-relationship development as a multifaceted, essential and flexible approach into inner organizational change and development. Even though there are many beliefs, values and feelings that can range from one extreme to the other, help to develop a kaleidoscope of prospective possibilities. Definitely dear ones there is a doorway that enables you to cover the synthetic aspects of your nature and it is up to each of you to know when to learn when it is time to let the illusions go and embrace your true self.
When there are multi-layers of synthetic density there becomes a common purpose to blanketing the falseness and that is to allow yourself to regain any amount of tangible natural human essence which will also encourage a re-organization of your alignment within your somatic self and fusion with the creative and spiritual energies that flow through the frequencies of the Universe which each of you are an essential part. When you move closer to the inner sanctum of your Inner True Self, you will begin to illuminate that natural Child of Mother Earth that you are and this inner knowingness unfolds your creative purpose that has come into the physical body which you currently inhabit.
The inner sanctum of your Self is an intense essence of altering luminosity that is found through diamond-like structure of your beautiful heart. When you recognize your Inner-Diamond dear ones, you then see your soul as a crystalline recorder that is found within your heart and this matrix of pure feeling is increased when you receive true unconditional Love, Grace and the unmistakable brilliant Light from God. Understand dear ones with the clarity found within your heart that duality is Not the nature of the Universe. We encourage you to understand that duality is an illusion created of a certain reality held by commonplace accord. Duality dear ones is the end outcome of definitive balance that is distressed.
Many of you comprehend that Polarity is all about opposites; attraction vs. repulsion, positive vs. negative, etc. and that polarity flows through the masculine and feminine energy. It is understood that creation does bring dynamic opposites through its developmental outward force. On the surface yes there is opposition and within the central core the centering that is taking place generates equilibrium, understandably opposites have known beginnings that are within the basic center of unity – understood as the two in the One. All Unions is the merging of two becoming One; therefore the attention of masculine and feminine spiritual energies is to discover the creator being within the other.
In order to come together and unite within the center of Love, any inner separations or holes in the consciousness must be fused and connected in order to truly identify with the other on a profound level of awareness. There is a certain amount of separateness between your head and your spiritual heart and there is no exact measure because it is very individual and is based primarily on your perception.
Your initial energy pattern rests within the integrated masculine and feminine forces of your natural self and within these aspects of your life is your potential to develop balance, peace, and most definitely transformation of your Self. Although it is understood that not everyone is on the same track and there are some that are missing important content that causes difficulties in this development. Understand dear ones, the ability to integrate the polarities of both masculine and feminine concepts and approach to life that is balanced does require you to expose any inhibitions in order to enhance them through development and aligning their inner and outer multi-layered complexities that will in time and with great effort bring them into fruition that will be for the greater of good. A fusion such as this dear ones will align you with the Divine energy that is found through the Wholeness of Unconditional Love. With your pure intent and tireless effort you continue to bring yourself closer to your True Self that is authentic and natural and this energy that flows through you reweaves your progression in order to fill in any holes that may have been created from fear, trauma or pain. When you are finally on the path of love, you and the energy you emit enlarge the boundaries of your own perception. And through your ever-expanding awareness, your Self learns and discovers the necessity to persevere during any commitment made towards change and allows you from the inside to experience the fullness of the moment – an endearing and loving relationship with your Self is admired and worth the effort to realize its specialness.
So much growth and development is always possible when you make your journey a priority and you embrace your journey with love that is pure and love filled that is always unconditional. All your answers dear ones as soon as you mutter them can be found by paying attention to the answers that are found within you.
I AM Melchizedek through Julie Miller
Teaching
27 Jan 2013 - 11:51am
The Path of Heart
http://www.ecologyofthespirit.com
.
.
The Path of Heart is not a religion - it is way to know ourselves, to find our purpose in life - our mission, to find out where we come from and discover the secrets of the Universe. Our unfolding awareness begins a new life in a new order.
Living our awareness requires that we live our truth, which means to state the truth of our particular experience however conflicted it may be. Self-acceptance arises from the freedom to evaluate our selves clearly and through the changes we have made in our selves. This means that we accept and include the dejected parts of self that feel betrayed or misunderstood. When we are aware of, responsible for, and accepting of our own and others judgments we can be more honest and present with ourselves because we do not need to hide in blame, shame or fear anymore. To do other than this would volunteer victimhood. As we become more aligned with the essence of our true nature that is love we more readily accept our selves and others as they are. Coming from this loving place opens our hearts in mutual compassion and stimulates the innate potential for healing in oursleves and in our relationships.
Love is not a verb, it is a noun because it is energetic stuff we are made of that emanates from our core. It is what we experience when we return to our original state of being. We can see its quality in everything especially when we extend the love that we have for ourselves to others. Loving is not something we contemplate or intellectualize doing. It is actively holding the space of love by being present! So in our wisdom and compassion we recognize that a mean spirited person is in pain simply armoring the personality self defensively from any form of incoming love. It is a dejection of Self.
Self-dejection is an ego structure that harms the Authentic Self by closing off receptivity to the flow of love thereby disconnecting from the life-line of Source. With this awareness we can reach out to a hardened heart with an open heart where oftentimes our caring alone will dissolve the armor, even if for an instant, to reveal a shining face and beaming smile of gratitude that someone actually cares. Love graciously received ultimately illuminates all of life. It has the capacity to restore the broken peices of our lives. When we love our selves we give permission for others to love them selves too, which makes us all capable of having healthier relationships. Love is infusive and living the 'Path of Heart' will always guide us to right process.
Walking the Path of Heart
Sets Us Free!
The Heart that gives, gathers.
~Marianne Moore
"Anything is one of a million paths. Therefore, a warrior must always keep in mind that a path is only a path; if he feels that he should not follow it, he must not stay with it under any conditions. His decision to keep on that path or to leave it must be free of fear or ambition. He must look at every path closely and deliberately. There is a question that the warrior has to ask, mandatorily: 'Does this path have heart?'" ~ Carlos Castaneda from The Wheel of Time
"Nobody can go back and start a new beginning, but anyone can start today and make a new ending.
~Maria Robinson
"The path of all religions beats with the same heart of love
and oneness when the dogma is removed."
The Path of Heart takes us into the present where we enter the world of miracles.
1. Recognition of Natural order based upon Original Source (Gaia-Sophia) and the…
2. Realization of Cause and Effect in our lives asks us to…
3. Immerse in Nature (consecration) which takes us to the…
4. Path of Least Resistance or Non-interference held in beauty in our…
5. Aspiration towards a Higher Power that requires...
6. Response-ability and…
7. Authentic Expression of our Truth and…
8. Cultivation of Patience and…
9. Forgiveness (Giving up resentment) & Non-Judgmentalism that lifts us to…
10. Compassion & Unconditional Love and…
11. Union in relationship with the desire to…
12. Particpate in co-creation and collaboration to stand for Humanity whose energy requires…
13. Detachment from the Outcome of our Choices or Actions.
Practice Living the Path of Heart:
1. Recognize and accept Love as your true nature. Actively hold the space of Love.
2. Focus on living in the present moment that brings you to empowered awareness.
3. Live your awareness by withholding judgment, fear, expectation and the controlling need to fix others. Instead release them, reconcile and accept, hold compassion and cooperate by taking responsibility for your life.
4. Act lovingly, gently and respectfully to your self and others in thought, speech and action.
5. Keep communications open and honest.
6. Surrender your egoic will to the inner directive of your Soul.
7. Ground, center and expand to connect with your inner dimension and follow its guiding wisdom using Nature Connection as the foundation upon which all action springs.
8. Keep healthy boundaries in tact so that your wise heart can lead you to right process.
9. Open your heart to new experiences through direct particpation.
10. Serve and support others in their personal and spiritual growth.
11. Hold your relationships with others more important than any issue.
12. Keep vigil to life's conditioning processes that thwart you into automaton and feelingless-ness.
13. Balace Sacred Anger - protect the love of life and eliminate predation.
Teaching
27 Jan 2013 - 11:32am
Mending the Cracked Womb
Into Fullness, Sensuality & Creativity
www.ecologyofthespirit.com
.
.
All women are beautiful, there is no woman that is not, whether she argues with her mirror image is irrelevant…the fact remains that all women are beautiful. There is only a slight shift in perception between what we see as beauty and what we refer to as ugly. What we each consider to be beautiful is defined by a composite of thoughts that we have collected in our search for a definition of beauty and this composite is the image of the beautiful person we have in the back of our minds. It is from this composite belief or concepts that we match all images against in our definition of beauty. Everything is a concept until it is integrated. Often our sense of personal beauty comes from society's definition of beauty, misaligning us from our actual truth, beauty and love. The message to disconnect from our essential self and Source becomes integrated into what becomes our reality-ugliness!
When we judge ourselves against society's standards and norms of beauty and mutilate our bodies to fit this distortion we in turn distort our selves to reflect this distorted image. When essential or divine beauty is lost in the concepts carried in the head rather than of the heart, our unique beauty is fabricated into something false. It is this false concept of beauty that causes us to become unattractive in our imbalance. When we are unbalanced, bitter and angry our uniqueness and love cannot shine through and we become ugly fulfilling a self-prophecy in the way we think about our selves.
© Heidi Taillefer
It is said that the Present
is Pregnant with the Future.
~Voltaire
.
.
Women must begin to see their beauty in terms of her innate power and unique beauty as a reflection of God-Goddess that she holds within her rather than just a physical identification of her attractiveness. She must identify with her essential wholeness that in part comes from the creativity and power generated from her womb, her ability to create life and to nurture that life in hardship until that life can care for itself. The reproductive system is the power center that responds to the instinctual urge to procreate and the extra source of creative power in the female gender body that is foreign to the male. The extra life force lies within our ovaries that are whole in their life giving capacity to produce either sex--other whole females or change, to create a male. Within the female is both male and female simultaneously and thus, her power resides in both masculine and feminine strengths. Symbolically, women unlike men innately contain an inner phallic and a physical womb. This essential difference between the gender bodies makes it challenging for men to embrace his feminine aspect, which must be cultivated through discipline. The Taoists masters call the male practice of attending the feminine within, cultivating a spiritual embryo. Females are born with this life-giving capacity and it is already an inherent part of her nature.
The female does not have to use her reproductive powers to bear children, but she must be wise to understand that her power resides from her power to reproduce. Once the soul (the inhabitant of the physical body) recognizes the endurance advantage of the female body it can begin to use its power resource productively and creatively in ways mundane or sublime. A wise woman in touch with her essence will often seek advanced options and use her powerful forces to preserve her self by retaining or controlling her sexual power that she shares instead of giving away. In place of forming a fetus from a fertilized egg, she uses her ovarian energy (Uterine Chalice) to raise her primordial sexual energy into the higher energy centers in the body. On a spiritual level she gives birth. Literally, a rebirth or new life that brings confidence in controlling the powerful flow of creative energy that gives satisfaction and a higher sense of balance and harmony with the world.
Before cultivation of female sexual energy is possible we must transform or neutralize our wounding experiences so that our generative region can re-gain sensitivity and open up. The vagina is like a flower and the wombs energy is the force that unfolds her. If her bud is outwardly forced to open to soon or roughly fissures are created and she may never blossom as her energy is withdrawn seeping through the cracks of her womb and her petals grow weak and shrivel from lack of feeling nourishment. She may never trust or feel safe again to unfold her glory. This is the deep wound that must be healed. When the womb is cracked it loses energy with capacity to hold energy at all, rendering the female powerless. When the womb is whole again it regains capacity and flexibility to hold and cultivate sexual energy. How can we begin to normalize the genital area to help restore wholesome sexuality? With Polarity Integration, the Infinity Body Awareness Technique and trust in your deepest self are the tools for integration that will help you address personal issues on multi-dimensional levels.
Blog entry
26 Jan 2013 - 11:44pm
Published on 26 Jan 2013 by PeterSiNeh
Common courtesy is a small gesture that makes a big difference and should be practiced as often as possible.
_/|\_NAMASKAR_/|\_
SiNeh~
Blog entry
26 Jan 2013 - 9:43pm
listen ya'll
this a cold ass story
kicked me out outa chrisa-cory
rounda bout rubber ducky
when while i end up next horny
okay...just kidding ya'll
(loock back) "soma slap a beat on dat!"
holla!
Ahh wash ya handss annnd feeezl mucha bettah
wakka wakka
flokka wacca
bim bam bino
lost in limbo
two blankets
one river
lets get together
and finaally make heatha
meet u up in thialand
beatcha but ya wont ya wont to see a preety featha
trake a bag of backa whisky u say hella
i say frisky
im homeless by the way
no no no this aint no subliminal message
im REALLY gunna be homeless
who can i bunk with?
me to seether you u brisky
u say holla
i vote whisky
video
26 Jan 2013 - 6:53pm
Free Spiritual Teachings at : http://www.youtube.com/user/916suns
Teaching
26 Jan 2013 - 4:45am
Unconditional Love, Dear Ones, Such a large word, for such a simple, pure gem. I share with you what it truly is, for masters have for ages been trying to bring its essence to you. It is a departure from everything you've known and felt because all of those feelings you have placed in that realm have been surrounded by circumstance. You have created them through desire and moods, yet have overlooked the simple moments when you have taken a breath because that is involuntary by nature. You have chosen to live in a world where the masses cannot believe or are very skeptical about its existence. You have believed in a God that giveth and taketh away. You have invoked a belief in sin and forgiveness and feared what you cannot understand. Yet the breath continues and in its simple existence is the presence of unconditional love. For it is involuntary and goes beyond ones ability to shape it or define its boundaries.
As we are drawn involuntarily to where it exists, we can barely see it for self chooses to discern its existence and grade this treasure next to what we have known. Yet in your search you have forgotten the Universe of Love and that it is only attracted to its own vibration. So if you prepare for love you will receive love in preparation. If you grade the potential for love, you find graded love and if you discern the visibility of love, you will love only discernment. So you cannot detract from love one sense, not seeing, feeling, smelling, tasting or touching, and understand love. It is all or none as is the breath when it occurs. And as it occurs all the rules that denied its existence vanish, all the inhibitions around how it can occur fall into surrender. It seeks only the smile of contentment and the purring of the soul. It sets sail in an endless wind with an endless thirst.
It knows neither time nor space yet knows within every moment it can expand, for in all of us it wishes to grow. Love is not needy, yet never desires not to be. So as a source of love moves away even for a short time, love immediately grows impatient for touch, for taste, for smell. You see, Dear Ones, it is the most primal instinct we possess and that instinct is realized through emotional freedom.
Love most likely exists in the midst of the sum of all your fears, the place you'd least expect to fill you up, for why else is it not completely you. Emotional freedom is the willingness to become a student of love with a very short memory. All the paths to love have been seemingly chapters of love gained and love lost but I tell you it is better to have loved and lost than to have not loved at all. It’s just that you cannot write the last chapter, for the inner child knows the sun is not seen in a cloud, and the rain cannot feed us under a roof. Unconditional Love is a fully exposed, untethered privilege of grace and selflessness. As we create random acts of kindness in our search, we understand unconditional love. We cannot retrieve love once it truly starts as we cannot stop breathing. Once we decide to be unconditional, we print on the window pane of the Universe that it is at long last free within us. And through that window patiently waits souls who have gone before. Though they are few in number, they are absolute in purpose. Understand the feelings that inhibit this level of surrender are the reasons you cannot be loved. They are the same reasons you have failed to love yourself. Namaste
Excerpt from Peter's Book of Channelings
http://www.celestialvision.org/collected-channelings-by-peter/
Also see Celestial Reunion, A Channeled Tale by Peter Phalam
http://www.celestialvision.org/celestial-reunion-ebook-by-pet/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org
Teaching
26 Jan 2013 - 4:40am
You are in a time when old road maps are out the window. New realities are unfolding at a rapid pace. At times, you may find yourself marveling at some of these new and sudden developments. You may find yourself wondering how you created them and why. Some of the realities manifesting now may seem linked to situations from your past that fall under the heading of “unfinished business.”
Events are now being triggered from unresolved scenarios that have remained latent within your energy field for years and even decades. Everything that is incomplete is coming front and center now to be, understood, healed and released.
Stepping into the Paradigm of the New Earth
This new round of clearing is orchestrated by your higher self in an effort to clear the way for you to fully step into the paradigm of the new earth. Those energies being brought forward for clearing might touch on familiar themes within your life. During this time, health challenges may arise, setbacks may present themselves. Financial issues may loom on the horizon. Relationships will come under stress.
As you read the energy and significance of each event in your life, you will better understand what is being asked of you during this time. Financial challenges are an ongoing theme in the collective consciousness at this time but your experience of these challenges is unique to the lessons currently before you. If you are experiencing difficulty in the area of abundance, examine what you value most in your life. It may be time to re-prioritize your values and see what truly has meaning for you. Do you most value your spiritual connection? Do you most value joy and inner peace? Or do you value things that have no real meaning in the broader scope of your life? Do you value yourself and your time or do you force yourself to constantly expend your energy in ways that fail to honor your true purpose and potentials?
All those things that don't support your movement into fifth-dimensional consciousness will fall by the wayside now. Express gratitude for everything and everyone that has been a part of your life and enter a place of allowing when you see people and situations falling away from you. Remain in a place of alert listening and be willing to undertake new beginnings. These new beginnings will become the dominant theme of times to come.
Your Soul Volunteered to Help Shift Human Consciousness
Now more than at any other moment in human consciousness you are asked to live in a state of constant change. Your soul volunteered to come here at this time and help shift consciousness to the paradigm of the new earth. There will be times when you will move easily through these changes and times when you will feel resistant to them. When you experience resistance, stand back and observe yourself, and hold in loving awareness those parts of your being that feel threatened by the change. These are younger parts of yourself that need your patience and understanding just as you seek the guidance and assistance of your higher self.
Hastening the Shadow
As prevailing energies hasten a time of greater love and compassion on the Earth, energies of un-love and indifference are hastened as well. There is a hastening of the shadow taking place at this time as all those things that are most feared in human consciousness are pulled forth so they can be understood and loved into a place of healing.
Stand Strong in the Light of your Spirit
Do not attempt to run from what from what comes before you. Do not feel you must know how to respond to what you are seeing. Do not feel these energies are here to harm you. Just stand strong and allow them to pass before you. Your spirit will shine its strength of wisdom, understanding and awareness on everything that comes before you. This allowing and willingness to see all that is will open the flood gates for you to see more of the wealth of beauty and possibility that surrounds you at all times. The fear of what you don't want blocks the arrival of what you seek to manifest. By becoming transparent to all energies you encounter, you are able to flow unimpeded into the expanded time of the new earth.
As you flow with these energies, you discover and manifest new aspects of your being that know how to navigate and manifest new realities within the paradigm of the new earth. Those realities in harmony with the new earth are steeped in the love, understanding and abundance of spirit that are signposts of the new time.
For more on navigating fifth-dimensional consciousness, see The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness By DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
26 Jan 2013 - 4:36am
Principles of Conscious Reality Creation
Once you understand how things work, you can begin to practice the principles of conscious reality creation.
By practicing conscious reality creation, you are able to align with the Law
of Attraction and energize new fields of probability. As you come into resonance with your desired creation, you begin to transform your reality, often entering a reality that exists parallel to your present moment. By bringing all your selves into alignment and practicing the steps of conscious reality creation, you can begin practice the principles of conscious reality creation. They are:
1)Maintain focus on creating joy in the life, which implies a readiness to release all that is not aligned with joy. This intention will begin a clearing of all emotional states that stand in the way of living at the vibratory level of joy.
2)Practice radical self-responsibility. This involves accepting responsibility for all creations in all time. It is impossible to create the reality of your highest dreams when you are holding thoughtforms of negativity, blame and victimhood. Look at every situation in your life to see how you created it, and how it is assisting you in your growth and evolution.
3) Express openness to all existing realities. This means you are willing to observe and consider alternate and parallel realities.
4)Trust that the universe is always bringing you experiences to help you grow. In this way, nothing is bad or good, just what is needed in the present moment.
5) Cultivate an active imagination and believe that whatever your imagination brings you is real.
6) Believe that you are already whatever it is you may imagine creating. Some aspect of you is already in vibratory resonance with the images your imagination brings you.
7) Be willing to become the person who can bring your desires into being.
8) Align your desired creation with your spiritual (life) purpose.
9) Study and understand the Law of Attraction.
10) Unite all your selves in creating reality. When you have inner unity, you are able to create from a place of clear focus and inner peace. The realities you enter from this place will carry the vibration of clarity and peace.
Excerpt from Abundance Magic: 44 Steps to Manifesting the Future of Your Dreams by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/abundance-magic-ebook-by-dl-ze/ http://www.celestialvision.org
Teaching
26 Jan 2013 - 4:33am
It is possible to time travel in consciousness to heal your past and release old energetic bookmarks. When traumatic or difficult moments happen in your life, you create "bookmarks" so you can later return and release them. Over time, your conscious understandings grow. Your new conscious perspective will know intuitively how to release these energetic bookmarks. When these bookmarks are released, it completes an understanding you were seeking to gain by creating situations in the first place. Most people have dozens of energetic bookmarks and in some cases, hundreds and even thousands, all waiting to be released when the time is right.
When a significant amount of energy is being held in the past in the form of energetic bookmarks, it becomes difficult to hold one's attention in the present moment. Your attention is constantly drawn to these areas that need resolution. Ask your guides to bring your attention to situations where energetic bookmarks reside. You can also gain awareness of energetic bookmarks by writing your autobiography and paying attention to any scenarios around which you are still holding energy. Once you have a list of energetic bookmarks, you are ready to travel into the past to release them. It is important to note that it is not necessary to journey back to each bookmark because often a number of bookmarks are based on the need to gain a single understanding. Once this understanding is complete, all the bookmarks having to do with the lesson are released. Bookmarks may have been created in very different periods of your life even though they are based on the same lesson.
Guided Meditation: Journeying Back in Time to Release Energetic Bookmarks
Imagine yourself surrounded by frequencies of light. These frequencies appear like floating orbs of light all around you. Each orb of light is a portal capable of carrying you into a past situation where an energetic bookmark is held. Ask your guides to bring your attention to an orb that can take you into a past moment that is important for you to visit at this time. Allow your attention to be gently guided to this orb. Bring your entire focus to the orb's light, sensing its frequency and vibration. See your consciousness slowly merging with it. Once this is complete, you are ready to travel inside this orb.
Once inside this orb, you experience it as a tunnel of space and time. Inside this tunnel, a sparkling energy pulses around you and through you. As you travel through this tunnel, you may glimpse in your mind's eye people and moments from your past. Don't attempt to grasp onto these, just observe and release them as they move past. You are moving quickly now, faster and faster, spinning back through the years of your life. Finally you begin to slow down. As you spin more slowly, you see the color green appear at the end of the tunnel.
You come to a complete stop and slip out of the tunnel into the green space. The orb and its spinning tunnel of time hover above you as you explore the scenery around you. You are in a wooded area lush with trees and vines. You hear a gentle stream murmuring nearby. You move toward the sound of the stream until you are standing at its edge looking down into the shimmering water. As you stand there, a stone walkway appears before you. You follow the walkway across the stream. On the other side, you see your guide beaconing to you. Your guide appears in human form but the features are illuminated with a brilliant light. You follow your guide through a wooded area. As you move along, you are aware of the deep blue sky overhead. There are a few clouds drifting across the electric blue of the sky. The woods are silent except for the sound of your footsteps moving along the path. After several minutes, you enter a clearing. Inside this clearing, you see a younger version of your self waiting to greet you. This younger self may be very young, or it may be you at any moment from your past. This "you" is from a moment in which you experienced a trauma or other overwhelming event.
As you stand facing this self, it tells you telepathically it has something to show you. You follow your younger self to a beautiful green expanse of thick grass and you sit down together. As you sit there, a scene from your past begins to play in the field before you like a movie on a screen. On the screen, you see your self as you were at a moment in your past. In this moment, something is occurring that is being held energetically inside you in the form of an energetic bookmark. It is not necessary to allow your self to be caught up in the energy of the scene before you. Just view it from the perspective of a detached observer. There is a moment when the energy of what is happening in the scene entered your cellular memory. Your attention is directed to this moment. When you find it, rewind the movie several frames. Stop the movie and freeze the frame inside the moment before the situation entered cellular memory. Now, step into the scene as your present-moment consciousness and allow your self to experience all that is happening there. See this old situation with the light of a different consciousness. Inside this moment, you see the higher purpose for creating the situation. You see how this situation relates to other situations in your life. All these situations were created to help you gain an important understanding. This understanding holds the key to the next step of your spiritual growth and frees your energy to move more fully into the joyful realization of your purpose for this lifetime.
When you understand the purpose of what was created, merge your consciousness with your consciousness of that time. Allow your past self to view this situation as it is happening through the light and wisdom of your higher consciousness. As this version of you understands why this is occurring, fear and negative energy are released before they enter cellular memory. See the energy of the situation leaving the cells of your body in the form of bubbles moving up toward the deep blue sky. These bubbles drift up and away from you, higher and higher into the sky until they finally disappear from sight.
It is time now to thank all those who helped you create the situation you have just released. Know this situation was created with the intention to further your soul's growth and purpose for this lifetime. Express gratitude for the lesson. Release any judgment, blame, resentment or other negative emotion you may have felt at a time in the past when you didn't understand how the situation was helping you. As you express gratitude, observe how all the energetic bookmarks associated with this lesson begin slowly dissolving throughout time. This situation and all situations that carry the same energetic signature are now released from cellular memory. Notice how light and joyful you feel. Blend your energy once more with your past self, loving and reassuring this self that it can always call upon you when guidance and loving assistance are needed. Say good-bye to this self for now, allowing your energy to center once more in your present-moment self. Your guide leads you from the clearing back through the woods to the stream. Thank your guide for assisting you in releasing the energetic bookmarks. Your guide waves to you as you cross the stone walkway to the other side of the stream where you once more merge with the bright orb of light and enter the tunnel of time. In just a few seconds, you travel forward in time, quickly arriving back in the present moment where you open your eyes and feel your self free and energized.
Excerpt from Portals of Spirit: Multidimensional Doorways for Healing and Transformation by DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-portals-of-spirit-ebook-by/
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org
Teaching
26 Jan 2013 - 4:14am
Some of the questions that flicker on the screens of many minds surround love. You may have found yourself wondering exactly what love is and why it is that so much of what might at first seem to be love is actually un-love. You may look around you and see the word "love" used in situations where there is little kindness or compassion. At times the word love is used to explain or justify acts of deception and violence. It’s true, in your world the word love is sometimes used to describe intentions that are the opposite of love. When viewed from this perspective, it’s easy to see how many develop a sense of distrust around the word.
Our true nature is that of love. As we align our thoughts and actions with this essence of our being, we are able to expand our experience and understanding of unconditional love. This helps us "tune in" the New Earth and send out a frequency that attracts a soulmate. True, unconditional love is the foundation that the New Earth is built upon. Unconditional love begins with loving oneself.
True Love Begins with Self-love
True love is at its root self-love. Self-love is love of one's essence, love of the spark or spirit that is life. It is this spark that ties you to all that exists in this universe. Cultivating self-love is cultivating this spark of all-that-is that exists within yourself and all forms of life.
Self-love is sometimes viewed as "self-centered." Self- centeredness carries with it negative connotations. This is a misunderstanding. Part of wholeness is being centered within yourself. To be centered other than "within yourself" creates imbalances that lead to dependencies, addictions, over-investment in physical reality, and conditions of "un-love."
Contrary to some threads of belief, loving yourself never gets in the way of loving others. In fact, it is a pre-requisite for truly loving others. Self-love is where love for all others incubates. When you experience oneness with all aspects of yourself, you experience oneness with others.
The Power of Unconditional Love
The true vibration of love has nothing to do with negative emotions or lower vibrational intentions. In this way, it’s easy to recognize the feeling state of true love.
Unconditional love lifts you up. It never brings you down. If you are experiencing pain and suffering around issues of love, you are experiencing un-love. There is no need to be distressed by this. When you recognize you are experiencing un-love, you are a few steps from experiencing unconditional love. All circumstances can be transformed with awareness.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Blog entry
26 Jan 2013 - 3:36am
In light of all that has been happening in our country and our world, I find myself grieving, not only for the children and teachers that were either victims or onlookers of this whole shooting, but for all of humanity. Experts on mass shootings and the behavior of those who perpetrate such crimes and the occurrence of such say that there is not an escalation in such crimes, just that those are nationally visible. I’m still grappling with what that says about humanity.
I’ve heard that we as humanity are “better” than in the past. We no longer would even think of bringing our children and a picnic lunch to a public lynching. We can’t fathom going to the sports dome to see people being thrown to the raves of carnivorous, ferocious animals. Nor do we revel in “to the death” combat for pure entertainment. I mean we’ll watch it on TV if we know that it’s not real, but very few of us would actively participate, or spectate an event of this type. On the other hand we scream and demand retribution for national wrongs. The majority of the US citizens shouted for joy at the assassination of Osama Bin Laden. We’ve been waging a war for a good decade.
So, on this day after children were senselessly slaughtered I am reminded of a speech that I just delivered. Speaking on Connection I mention that “when we live in a state of connection with the divine God without and within and connection with the diving withing those around us then we will eliminate war and murder and depression.” I truly believe that when we are confident in our identity as “God’s Children” or the “individualized embodiment of God” that we are, we will be able to change our world.
I woke up this morning with a bible verse on my mind.
1 John 1:7 – New International Version (NIV)
7 But if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus, his Son, purifies us from all[a] sin.
I will put it in my own words and understand
1 John 1:7 -New Martinez Version (NMV)
We are beings of light! If we walk in the light, we are cleansed from all sin, malintent, brokenness. We then are perfect beings following a perfect path and everything we do is infused with healing, life changing energy. All that we come into contact with is changed by the glory of the Christ consciousness.
Our “need” as humanity is to KNOW how truly divine we are and how intrinsically connected we are. Beyond KNOWing, we need to Know who we are and where we come from. We are divine beings of light connected in a pool of “ooey gooey” light energy. Your identity, OUR identity as divine and divinely connected in this pool is not only key, but vital to radically changing our world.
Blog entry
26 Jan 2013 - 1:38am
[Synchronicity is alive & well -- my blog-sharing immediately prior to this one -- used the word EMBRACE as its theme. Madison Taylor's piece enhances and "fleshes out" this thought-form. ~ES]
EMBRACEABLE YOU - STOP COMPARING YOURSELF TO OTHERS
~by Madisyn Taylor
www.dailyom.com
There is nobody else like you in the world and this is worth celebrating rather than searching for faults.
You are unique. There is no one else like you in the entire universe.
In honor of your unique self, it is good to acknowledge and embrace the special qualities that make you the person that you are.
One way to do this is to not compare yourself with other people.
It is human nature to want to see how we measure up in comparison to others – especially if we think that they are better than us or have more of something that we want.
Yet the truth is that it is not a good use of time to compare ourselves with others because there is no one like us and this makes us incomparable.
It is sometimes almost easier to look outside of ourselves and feel like we are deficient in comparison to other people rather than taking responsibility for our own progress
in relation to the fulfillment of our life purpose.
It actually takes more courage to be SELF-REFERENTIAL and look at ourselves to see whether we are measuring up to our standards or meeting our full potential.
Each of us has very special gifts, and we are here for very specific reasons.
We each have a life purpose to fulfill and with this come the lessons that we must learn and the circumstances that we must go through in order to evolve as spiritual beings.
To compare our lives to other people's lives - when we have no idea of what they are here to learn or fulfill - doesn’t benefit anyone, especially you.
Instead, if we can accept ourselves, appreciate the special talents and qualities that we alone possess, and realize that each of us is going through certain kinds of experiences for a reason,
we are less likely focus so much on what other people have or are doing.
Realizing and valuing our uniqueness enables us to bring out the best in ourselves so we can get on with living rather than preoccupying ourselves with meaningless comparisons.
Try to not compare yourself to others, and you will see how much you have and how special you are.
[my format & caps]
Reprinted from DAILY OM, Inspirational thoughts for a happy, healthy and fulfilling day. Register for free @ www.dailyom.com
Blog entry
26 Jan 2013 - 1:00am
You know when we get a day when our head doesn't feel like it's going to burst and we aren't floored by energy here there and everywhere. When all the people guided your way have gone back home to put their slippers on and you're not randomly dealing with karma from 12 years ago. When my skin is not apparently changing and my teeth don't feel like they are falling out. When the feeling of love is not strong enough to make yor eyes blurry and you couldn't really care if the garden of eden forms outside your front door. What do I do?
I have logged on here, read some channeling comments, despaired, considered swearing in caps lock all over them and found my daily dose of restraint and, well I don't know if I could call it understanding but something close, decided against it.
What to do? Am I about to receive some important task? Will I care? I've lit a fag, I'm considering lighting another. Am I a redundant lightworker this evening? Should I go to bed?
It's moments like this I really try very hard to imagine peace and love for the planet. When did I become a wannabie beauty Queen? I am not that keen on learning a new language or showing you all how brilliant I am at playing the trombone but peace and love, I can go for that.
I have managed to start a psychic awareness/ development class, for free. Excellent. Great stuff Rachel, nothing you can do that can't be done and at least I can be useful once a week. What do I do once it's finished? Well, then I have to go shopping, watch TV, go back to work for another week and urgh. I'm going to be back in 3d.
So please, join me in the peace and love for the planet because I can't stand much more of this in and out okey kokey. I'm confused when I have to pretend I care about football results, thrown when other people try and make me worry about something that was important, three years ago.
Not really one to sit on the fence between worlds. I have dimension lag. Nature uses every bit of energy you know? No waste. Now, to save me writing anymore moany blogs could everyone please prioritise love and peace then hopefully lightworkers will be able to dwell with the correct frequency because the shake it all about stage is... urgh.
PEACE! (and love)
Blog entry
25 Jan 2013 - 11:43pm
EMBRACE YOUR LIFE
~ John & Patrice Robson
www.higherawareness.com
"If there is a sin against life, it consists perhaps not so much in despairing of life, as in hoping for another life,
and in eluding the implacable grandeur of this life." ~ Albert Camus
Have you taken ownership of your life?
When we own our lives, we accept what we’ve inherited and the experiences we hold in our memories.
We also lay claim to our right to create new conditions if we’re not happy with what’s come before.
We assume responsibility for changing what does not suit us.
We acknowledge our own special talents and skills, and truly comprehend our right to enjoy the journey.
In short, we embrace the meaning and purpose, the mystery and the beauty of our lives.
"Recognize that life is what you get when you’re born ... living is what you do with it."
~ Jim Allen
"It began in mystery, and it will end in mystery, but what a savage and beautiful country lies in between."
~ Diane Ackerman
Blog entry
25 Jan 2013 - 6:55am
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Hello Son,
Clearing the conscious
As we walk along the road in our world with the new framework of the mind, we clear the old conscious and rid the evils that no longer belong. There is no room for the past as we are heading for a new world, infinitely better. It is time to move forward with a smile knowing the light is upon you all.
When we begin to think we sometimes condemn when there is no need so rid that thought because you no longer need it for where you are going. Centre your thoughts to a point of focus as the unity consciousness is the path in the fifth dimensional world.
No longer is there a return of the old ways but a new world built around love and pure thought full of positivity; a world if you so wish, you can live and reside there until eternity. There will be friends with the same thought and love as you have; you will instantly recognise them as your own family.
Each day your minds are being cleansed as you accept the new changes around you and others. The meeting between your heart and your mind is closer then you think as you have made the decision to walk along the path.
Ever closer is the time for change and the Creator has answered your calls, your continued help. You forget so easily when you were happy and did not praise Him enough. Be assured that He has forgiven you and waits in eagerness to communicate with you with whatever means is suitable to you.
Watch the world go by now and see the truth unfold before your eyes and the knowledge that the Creator bestows upon you.
Listen intently to each heart beat and listen again. The heart will reveal the way to you and the conscious will translate its language.
You are reaching completion of your beautiful self and the Creator looks upon you with so much pride. He never left you any time of your life, but needed you to clear the conscious of the pollution out of your minds so that He could fill it with his Divine light.
The light body will you become if you so wish; so let go of the prejudices that evils had taught or misled you to believe; thinking that they could destroy your will and identity.
Your conscious will lead you to a new you, full of love, inspiration and beauty beyond your wildest dreams.
The Creator is pouring His love and opening up the cells to inspire and educate you to believe in your success.
Your mother; victories belongs to you; so keep this in your mind through the challenging and happiest moments of the day.
Blog entry
24 Jan 2013 - 10:19pm
TRUE REFUGE
~ Extract of a conversation between Tara Sophia Mohr [www.tarasophiamohr.com] and Tara Brach [www.tarabrach.com] on the latter's new book, True Refuge.
“When our life is falling apart in some way, we want to feel some sense of being held by something larger. We’re all looking for refuge in some way.
Because we have this very primal conditioning to grasp on to things and to push things away, we tend to latch on to what I call false refuge, which is a way of finding comfort or protection or ease that is temporary because it just doesn’t deliver in the long run.
Trying to prove ourselves to other people, trying to get approval, having to be right–those are false refuges. All the ways that we over consume, whether it’s over consuming food or drugs or alcohol, it’s just filling ourselves. Those are false refuge. Blaming or judging ourselves or others is a false refuge…
The first gateway to true refuge really is, when it feels painful, when there is fear, when there is hurt, when there is loss, to learn to stay. To learn to stay means to step out of all the circling thoughts and enter with integrity into the embodied experience – to the squeeze in the heart and the heat in the body or the feeling of tightness or ache or whatever it is, just to stay.
I found over and over again that in the moments that I would choose to stay in that presence, I found a space and tenderness that shifted my whole sense of who I was. Every time I stayed with something difficult, I shifted from being kind of the victim or the oppressed one that was struggling with all the loss, to this space of loving presence that felt like home.
There is this deep and timeless presence that can be with the different losses and so on.
I call that the first gateway to true refuge because there is no way to make peace with our lives other than staying with what’s here.”
–Tara Brach, from our conversation about True Refuge.
Blog entry
23 Jan 2013 - 10:29pm
RESPECTING THE SPIRITUAL SOVEREIGNTY OF OTHERS
~ By Julia Rogers Hamrick
www.juliarogershamrick.com
As we ascend in frequency, there is an angst-generating phenomenon that seems to be quite typical. At a certain stage of gaining consciousness, we assume that it's our mission to coerce others into sharing our vision, and into doing what we see as being right for them. When it backfires on us, as it always does, it's frustrating and often painful. At the least, it's exhausting, because it's an impossible mission. And, it takes a toll on your own frequency level.
When you have climbed a little higher up the mountain than someone you care about (or perceive that you have!), you may believe that your expanded view means that you are duty-bound to get them to adopt your understandings as their own, "for their own good." But each of us is on our own adventure, and we really are overstepping—not to mention, attempting the impossible—when we insist that someone see what we see and do as we think they ought to.
This is especially frustrating when it is someone we love dearly, and we see a freight train coming at them—and they can't seem to see it! We so desperately want to save them from being clobbered by the train. But who's to say that the freight-train experience isn't what’s appropriate for them at this time? In fact, that's totally accurate. By the Law of Attraction, we always attract a vibrational match.
Besides, being run over by a metaphorical freight train is often just what someone needs to cause them to surrender to their God-Realized Self and catapult them higher in frequency. Why would you try to deny them this opportunity? Why would you try to usurp the spiritual sovereignty of another? Even if it is your child, your husband, your mother, or your best friend, they are spiritual beings, on their own quest, and you don’t get the privilege of choosing for them. Yes—even those we love dearly have a right to the unlimited experience that free will and autonomy allows—even when it threatens to take them away from us.
Something important to understand if you’re the one trying to get someone to see higher is that if they are vibrating a match to the freight train, and what you want them to see or do came from an understanding you gained from being at a higher level of frequency, there is no way for them to see it. Because those freight-train experiences are lower frequency phenomena, and because the higher understanding is a higher frequency phenomenon, they won’t be able to see what you see because there is a vibrational mismatch. If something is vibrating at a significantly higher frequency than where someone is in consciousness, it is invisible to them, and impossible for them to see.
Who is that wants to impose these "enlightened ideas" on others anyway? Is it the aspect of you that provides the higher-frequency view? No. it is your ego. Ego is the one that is judging that someone else isn't in exactly the right place in consciousness for them, having the experience that is right for them at any given time. Ego is the one that is scared and wants to control what happens in its world. Ego is the one that has decided that the experience someone else has chosen is wrong. Ego is the one that wants others to conform to our own ideas, however lofty or not lofty, because it wants to run the show, even though it is ill-equipped to do so. Ego simply does not have the unlimited view of the Whole of Creation that it would need to make an accurate judgment of what's what. Ego is not fit to run your own life, much less the lives of others!
Poor ego—always trying to do the impossible. The one thing ego is an expert at, though, is keeping us tied to the duality matrix. While trying to coerce someone into doing what you judge that they should do, you are simply holding yourself in duality, and thus at lower frequency. That takes you in the direction you'd rather not go if your intention is enlightenment and greater joy, and actually affects others in a way that is opposite of what we desire for them.
This is not to say we have no real power in the lives of others. We can, indeed, make a powerful difference. We can be the lighthouse—a beacon cutting through the fog—so that when someone we care about is tired of struggling with the monster waves and heavy surf (and the freight trains!), and desires to come to the peaceful waters and safety of higher frequency, we are simply there, shining our Light, offering them an illuminated passage Home. And even more exciting is the understanding that when we stop judging their experience as wrong, staying peaceful and centered in our own beingness, we are higher in frequency, which raises the frequency of the Whole. That is what actually helps others, because when the frequency of the Whole is raised, it has a magnetic effect on each individual that helps them move into higher consciousness spontaneously.
Empower yourself and others by keeping your own frequency high. Do this by staying centered and aligned with your God-Realized Self, thus stopping your ego from running your program and trying to run the programs of others. Radiate Love unconditionally, because this is what you are designed to do and is what raises the frequency of everyone else in an exponential way. Our busybody egos don't like to admit it, but it is true that we are able to offer far more empowerment to everyone else when we simply stay in alignment, mind our own business, and allow others to have their own life adventure without trying to interfere! Raising your frequency, and thus, the frequency of the Whole, is only possible when you “live and let live.”
Illusions are the heaviest of burdens. What a relief to be able to drop the burden of being responsible for everyone else's experience!
©2006 Julia Rogers Hamrick
Julia Rogers Hamrick has been a spiritual-growth facilitator since the mid-1980s, and is the author of Choosing Easy World and Recreating Eden. Julia teaches about the relationship between vibrational frequency and experience.
Teaching
23 Jan 2013 - 3:33pm
Pitfalls on the Path
http://www.anaditeaching.com/teachingintro4.htm
Whenever there is a progression towards light and truth, opposing forces and energies will naturally be present. In the dimension of forgetfulness, we are constantly being diverted as we move towards truth, pulled by forces of unconsciousness that would hamper or even jeopardize our awakening. A seeker should thus be aware of numerous pitfalls that may await him on the path.
Although they can indeed threaten our progress, these obstacles are not inherently negative, for moving through and beyond them is a natural part of the maturation of our intelligence and consciousness. There are countless types of pitfalls, but we can regard them as falling into three primary domains — understanding, practice and ego.
understanding in action
Sadly, the vast majority of seekers get spiritually stuck the moment they step onto the inner path. This is due to either their ignorance, or to the fact that they follow teachings that present a shallow vision of spirituality and enlightenment. They perform all sorts of practices in the name of self-realization, but get no closer to truth. True understanding is essential to avoid such stagnation. One has to enquire into the essence of spirituality as well as investigate the complex science of spiritual evolution as embodied in high teachings. Only in this way can a seeker discover the real purpose and significance of the path. True understanding of the inner dimension is a flowering of our intelligence and spiritual intuition, and reflects our maturity and sensitivity to the inner realm.
Spiritual practice is understanding in action based on the science of the inner states. At the heart of true practice lies insight into the nature of pure subjectivity — awakening to I am — the primary means through which a seeker cultivates the subtle art of becoming increasingly established in the realm of the self.
In order to experience real progress, one has to focus in a precise manner on the particular dimension of expansion that corresponds to one’s present level of evolutionary development. Unless we have a clear understanding of the state we are in, there is a danger that we will miss the intermediate steps of awakening necessary to bridge us with the far deeper levels of realization we are capable of reaching. If we try to move too quickly, our efforts will bear no fruit, for we cannot reach depths that we have no means to access. For instance, to aim at the dissolution of self or the actualization of oneness prior to first establishing the state of presence would be a misguided effort, for without a continuity of pure awareness, practices of surrender only result in even deeper unconsciousness. The inner work is progressive in nature; each phase of expansion must become stable and permanent so that it can serve as a solid foundation for the ensuing awakening.
The inner realm is such an unknown land, that without the proper conceptual tools and guidance, one is simply unable to navigate the process of expanding into and within it. The ability to correctly identify what is still incomplete in oneself, and to recognize the next step to be taken, reflects a well-refined attunement to the natural evolution of the soul towards her wholeness. In the absence of this inner clarity, one must receive support from a competent teacher.
errors in the verification of attainment
There are three common problems in the evaluation of one’s inner realization: first, one may mistakenly believe that one has arrived at an awakened state when none whatsoever has been reached; second, one may have arrived at an awakened state, yet due to a lack of sensitivity, be unable to register it; and third, having experienced a real awakening, one may not grasp its true nature and significance due to the fact that intelligence has not yet integrated with the newly awakened state. We find the first problem to be the most common.
Many seekers abandon the inner work altogether having arrived at only a superficial spiritual realization. This is especially true in the case of those who follow the simplistic paradigm of sudden awakening or believe that in order to reach enlightenment it is sufficient to have a purely intellectual insight into the nature of reality. Premature claims of enlightenment often lead to false spiritual confidence or even arrogance. To be caught in the delusion that one has reached enlightenment when one has not, only wastes the evolutionary energy one has already accumulated, and can easily block one’s further evolution.
attachment to conceptual understanding
Right understanding is a bridge between the plane of unconsciousness and the true reality. Superior concepts are not merely intellectual metaphors — they resonate with the energy of the truth they represent. Conceptual understanding of ideals such as ‘self’, ‘oneness’ or ‘enlightenment’ can even inspire us to initiate the spiritual search. Still, there is always a danger that by becoming overly attached to intellectual ideas we will find ourselves living in a virtual reality of mental constructs that actually separates us from reality as it is. Concepts are only representations of reality in the mind; reality itself is non-conceptual.
One can become convinced that ‘there is no self’ or ‘there is only the self’ and actually mentally experience existence as such, yet still not be established in any state beyond the mind, as ignorant to one’s true self as ever. This is the case of a false, intellectual ‘enlightenment’, in which one has been programmed to perceive reality in an ‘enlightened’ way through pseudo-sophisticated ideas and spiritual slogans.
True understanding is a direct and pure knowing of reality that reflects the soul’s blueprint and unique angle of perception. It is not a product of personal knowledge, ideas or philosophies, but an expression of the wisdom of universal intelligence seeing the truth of creation and evolution through the eyes of an awakened soul.
evolutionary imbalance
One of the most serious pitfalls on the path is an imbalance between one’s inner and outer evolution. Some misguided seekers suppress their psychological issues, fears and natural desires in the name of the quest for enlightenment. They see their outer reality as a threat to inner peace and stillness, and neglect their emotional development by spending too much time in meditation and solitude. If one becomes overly attached to the peace and calm of meditation, or spends excessive amounts of time alone, one tends to develop an unhealthy fear of the world, with its many challenges and distractions. The completion of the human personality requires that we engage in a well-balanced relationship with the world, for one can never be truly whole without psychological stability and emotional maturity.
In addition to becoming imbalanced in our relationship with the world and our human existence, we can also develop imbalances in our internal growth towards the self by becoming too extreme or one-sided in our practice. For instance, some over-crystallize awareness and neglect the expansion into being, while others deepen being but fail to address the work with awareness. Perhaps the most common imbalance we come across is a disproportionate development between the mind and heart. On one side, many on the path of love disregard the evolution of their intelligence and awareness and become trapped in emotional states devoid of clarity and inner stability; on the other, those who strictly follow the path of awareness and understanding tend to repress their sensitivity and, in consequence, remain alienated from their divine essence. To become integrated and whole, one has to follow the principle of harmonious evolution and possess a complete and holistic vision of oneself.
the snare of ego
Due to their simplistic nature, traditional models of enlightenment do not offer sufficient conceptual protection against the menace of ego. Because enlightenment is commonly misunderstood as occurring through the annihilation of the ego, it is assumed that after awakening, no challenges on the level of our ego-identity remain. However, even though the supreme goal of evolution is transcendence of the mind and personality, the ego cannot be entirely dropped before our final liberation. Rather, the ego, as the intelligence of our relative consciousness, naturally accompanies us through each stage of our growth, witnessing the awakening of the inner states, consciousness, intelligence and the heart. In actuality, its purified presence supports our internal awakening.
The nature of ego is twofold. The aspect of ego that surrenders to the soul’s intent is in fact the very energy that the soul uses for her evolution towards light. However, as long as the ego is lost in the past and holds on to its ignorance, it inevitably hinders our evolution by continuing to rule our consciousness as host. Most seekers, irrespective of their relative awakening, experience the ego, or false me, as their center of identity. They are egos, not yet souls. Prior to soul-realization, the ego claims awakening, believing that it owns the inner state and the knowledge of I am. As it matures in its evolution, it begins to recognize that it was originally created to serve our awakening, and that its final destiny is to surrender itself to the soul. However, until the ego has been sufficiently cleansed with the light of higher intelligence, it will resist its own dissolution. Even after realizing its own unreality, it will continue to return through the back door to assert supremacy. This is the point where one usually proclaims: “I am enlightened!”, “I am a master!”, “I have reached…”, “I… I… I…”
Until the mind surrenders, we remain vulnerable to the ego’s impure tendencies. In the initial stages of its inner quest, the ego’s immaturity leads it to treat spirituality as a playground for its basic emotions. It uses spiritual practice to wallow in feelings of self-pity, lack of self-worth, guilt and shame; or alternately, to inflate itself with pride, arrogance and competitiveness. The spiritual ego is in fact quite worldly. Entering the path has not changed its basic neurotic nature, only the sphere of its activities. Now, instead of wanting fame or fortune, it wants to reach god or attain enlightenment. In both cases we encounter the same bogus ego displaying its vanity.
In its madness, the ego constantly seeks ways to sneak into spiritual territory. It tries to make itself special in one way or another by taking on ‘spiritual’ roles — holy man, rebel, eccentric, even redeemer. The idea of being holy may appeal to the ego because it craves respect, if not from others, at least from itself. Or perhaps it is more attracted to rebelliousness and prefers the role of an unholy character, enjoying the chance to show off how original it is. Maybe it wishes to become a healer or great master, for it finds the idea of helping others exciting. It might even believe that it has a unique role to play on earth and has been chosen for great things. But perhaps the most insidious way that the ego can assert itself is by assuming a stance of humility and devotion to magnify a false sense of piety. No matter what role the ego chooses to play, its performances are no more than pitiful attempts to maintain its fundamentally empty identity.
The more conscious we become, the more cautious we must be, for the ego’s games become increasingly sophisticated as we evolve. Letting go of the ego is not only the final goal of the inner path, but an unremitting act of becoming real inside. As cunning as it is, the ego ultimately has no way to succeed in manipulating the spiritual path for its own purposes. Sooner or later it must relinquish itself at the altar of our original self, for it has no essential reality — it does not exist apart from the illusory image it projects.
Teaching
23 Jan 2013 - 11:05am
Haya (Modesty)
by Fethullah Gülen
http://en.fgulen.com/recent-articles/3693-fethullah-gulen-haya-modesty
Sufis use haya, which literally means shame, bashfulness, and refraining from saying or doing anything improper or indecent, to describe one who, out of fear and awe of God, seeks to avoid displeasing Him. It urges one to be more careful, self-possessed, and self-controlled, for such restraint, if originating in feelings of modesty, result in paying God the respect He deserves. If these feelings are absent or lost due to familial or environmental influences, it will be difficult to develop them.
In the light of the explanations above, modesty can be divided into two categories: an innate or instinctive feeling of shame, which prevent people from engaging in what is considered shameful and indecent, and modesty originating in belief, which constitutes an important, deep dimension of Islam.
Combining the instinctive feeling of shame with modesty based on Islam forms the greatest safeguard against shameful or indecent acts. Alone, each one may be diminished or utterly lost. If this innate feeling of shame is not combined with awareness coming from belief and expressed in verses like: Does he not know that God sees (all things)? (96:14) and consciousness of God’s constant oversight: God is ever watching over you (4:1), it cannot last long, for its endurance depends on belief. This essential relation between modesty and belief was expressed by God’s Messenger, who told a Companion after hearing his advice on modesty to another man: “Leave him, for modesty comes from belief.” He also said: “Belief has seventy or so divisions. Modesty is a division of belief.”
We may conclude from these Prophetic sayings that like other seeds of innate virtues, one’s natural feeling of shame develops to the extent it is strengthened with the forces and means that produce knowledge of God. It then becomes a dimension of one’s spiritual life, an obstacle against the carnal self’s excessive desires. If this feeling is not reinforced and developed with belief and knowledge of God or strengthened with consciousness of God’s constant oversight, and left to dissipate in sensual or carnal pleasure, one will witness in an individual or a community those indecencies and perversions that make anyone truly human ashamed of being human. The glory of mankind and the perfect example of modesty, upon him be peace and blessings, said: “If you have no modesty, do whatever you wish.”
The words haya (modesty or feeling of shame) and hayat (life) come from the same root. This signifies that modesty is a sign of a lively heart, and that a heart’s liveliness depends on its owner’s belief and knowledge of God. If a heart is not fed continuously with belief and knowledge of God, it is almost impossible for it to remain lively and give rise to modesty.
According to Junayd al-Baghdadi, haya means awareness of God’s bestowed material and immaterial bounties, and consciousness of personal defects and faults. Dhu al-Nun al-Misri holds that haya means that one constantly feels shame in his or her heart on account of personal sins and offenses, and is therefore careful about his or her actions. Another spiritual master defines haya as never forgetting how God treats one and ordering one’s life according to the fact that God sees all that is done and thought.
It is recorded in al-Qushayri’s Al-Risala that God declares: “O son of Adam! So long as you maintain your modesty and feeling of shame before Me, I make people forget your defects.” The Lord of Might and Dignity also said to Jesus, upon him be peace: “O Jesus, first advise your own selfhood. If it accepts your advice, then you may advise others, or else you must feel ashamed of yourself before Me.”
Some have mentioned different categories of modesty or shame. For example, the shame or modesty felt by:
> Adam, who felt guilty until he was forgiven.
> Angels for their heartfelt incapacity to give due worship to God, as expressed in their saying: “Glory be to You! We are unable to worship You as Your worship requires,” although they glorify Him day and night without stopping.
> Gnostics or those distinguished with knowledge of God in the face of His Majesty, despite their profound knowledge of Him, which they express as: “Glory be to You! We are unable to know You as Your knowledge requires.”
> The spiritually advanced when in awe of God, although they never give in to their carnal desires and ambitions.
> Those distinguished with utmost conviction of God because of their supposed distance from Him, although they always feel His infinite nearness despite the infinite distance of humanity from God Almighty.
> Lovers of God who feel disloyalty arising from their anxiety over not being able to love God as His love requires.
> Those who feel a lack of sufficient sincerity and do not know for what they must pray to God.
> Those exalted ones who are conscious of the fact that they, as human beings, have been honored with the fairest creation, because of the base acts of which they accuse themselves and which, according to them, are irreconcilable with being part of the fairest creation.
The first degree of modesty is to see oneself with the sight of God. That is, the person practices self-control or self-supervision according to God’s standards. This practice engenders a feeling of shame or modesty that produces extreme caution in thoughts and acts. Such a degree of modesty is found in people considered lively on account of their feelings and thoughts.
The second degree is proportional to one’s awareness of nearness to God, and the feeling of always being in His Presence. This can be experienced by those who are always conscious of the meaning of: He is with you wherever you may be (57:4), about which the Prophet, upon him be peace and blessings, said:
“Be as modest before God Almighty, as the necessity of being modest before Him requires. Let him who is blessed with this degree of modesty always control his mind and its contents, as well as his stomach and its contents. Let him always remember death and decay after it. One who desires the afterlife will renounce the adornments of the world. One who is able to do that can feel as much modesty before God as the necessity of being modest before Him requires.”
One can reach the third degree by deeply feeling the absolute Divine disposal of all things, by living a life of profound spirituality in pursuit of the final destination: And in your Lord is the final goal (53:42). The effort to reach this final goal continues throughout a whole life dedicated to following the path to Him.
One’s degree of modesty determines one’s true humanness. If a traveler cannot order his or her life and discipline his or her acts according to the demands of the eternal life and to live in utmost humility and modesty, then his or her existence is a personal shame and a burden to others, as stated in the following couplet:
By God, there is good neither in life
Nor in the world when modesty disappears.
Modesty is a Divine quality and mystery. If people knew to whom it essentially relates, they would act more carefully and sensitively. To illuminate this point, it is related that
God Almighty asks an old man on the Plain of Resurrection to account for his acts in the world: “Why did you commit such and such sins?” The old man denies that he had done so. So, the Most Compassionate of the Compassionate commands the angels: “Take him to Paradise.” The angels want to know why the Almighty has commanded so, although He knows that the old man committed those sins. The Almighty answers: “I know, but I looked at his white beard as one belonging to the Community of Muhammad and felt ashamed to tell him that I knew he was lying.”
As recorded in Kanz al-’Ummal, when the Archangel Gabriel told this to God’s Messenger, upon him be peace and blessings, the Messenger’s eyes filled with tears and he said regretfully:
“God Almighty feels ashamed to punish those of my Community whose beards have turned white, but those of my Community with white beards do not feel ashamed to commit sins.”
I am always happy to be directed to the articles Creator guides me to. This one feeds my heart and soul as I connect to its signfigance at a profound level. I have always been modest. Even at my young age of 45 I am modest. I have always had a very humble nature, as well as being shy/bashful. I am glad to be this way and my children have adopted this as well.
Brightest Blessings,
Blog entry
23 Jan 2013 - 4:40am
In the world and via the net, I mentor Lightworkers and Light Warriors into mastery.
My work includes shamanic work, matrix work, deep guidance and training.
There is never enough time to work with as many people as much as I'd like. In this blog I plan to share my work on a broader basis.
I love sharing awareness, insight, guidance, support and tools through writing, videos and audios.
My work here is offered with love!
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 8:28pm
{Connie Huebner facilities the presence of Divine Mother by putting her attention on the deepest level within her heart. She experiences the vibration of Divine Mother's name at the quiet inner most subtle level of life and is then able to have an intimate, inner conversation with Her. The following is an excerpt from the immense wisdom of Divine Mother on the topic of Truth and love.}
You are opening into the Truth. When you see from the level of Truth, you will see the beauty that is occurring around you. There is great beauty occurring all around you. Learn to look with your heart. Use the eye in your heart to see the beauty that is building on this planet. You know that the reports on the news are harsh. They are reports from people who do not look with their hearts. They see only how the surface is breaking down. It is breaking down because a new life force is emerging from deep within. New green shoots of life are growing and breaking the surface. What is seen on the surface is the breaking up and the fear of those who are holding on to life on the surface. You are operating on a deeper level. Learn to see with your heart. You will see that there is a huge change going on -- not the changes reported in the news, but the changes in the hearts of the people. People are giving to each other and loving each other. Trust that. Love another person yourself. Reach out to someone. Be the change. Be the change and you will see it in yourself. You have a big job to do -- to completely change the earth. You are supported by all the subtle energies. You are the ground-breakers. You are here to be the change. You must start living differently. Give to each other. Trust each other. Do the thing that you have been wanting to do but are afraid to do. Make the change. Don't hold on to the fear, then you will see the change all around you. Ask for help. Open in wholeness. You have been given something within yourself to do. It is a great task. Don't hold back. Once you begin, you will have all the support of the kingdom of heaven. There is so much support organizing around those who can be the change, that when you move into your Light, you will be supported a thousand percent. But you must make the choice.
Story
22 Jan 2013 - 8:02pm
The Power of Goodwill is Felt by Your Soul
Ascended Master, El Morya’s Weekly Message ~ January 22 – 29, 2013
Received by, Julie Miller
January 22, 2013
By now the majority of Earth’s people are acquainted with the expression of Goodwill and this expression is clearly visible in many situations that have developed along their journey. Goodwill brings forth the feelings of warmth, compassion, unconditional love, acceptance, etc., as well as the tone being used when expressing Goodwill is always good and welcoming. But there is a deeper concept dear ones behind this widely used expression that has entered your daily living. Underneath the cheeriness of Goodwill, rests an unmistakable powerful energy that is well beyond normal human formation of terms in relation to human communication as well this energy also is exercised within the nature that surrounds you even if you are unaware of this – it is the interconnection that ties in the evolution development of all there is within nature. It is the binding of your connections with all people and nature.
As you begin to understand Goodwill, you will also learn to contemplate Goodwill is a force, a veritable power that brings change into areas that require a deeper understanding to the root of your very nature which also demonstrates Good and Will. Each of you since you vocalized your entry into the world have been directed to be good, to behave appropriately and so forth, you have learned to practice sharing and kindness and many other practices of Goodwill. Some of your practices were derived from conditioning that you adopted from social observations, frequent encouragement and possibly pressure from your peers. Where you developed the practice of Goodwill has helped to create a core of beliefs deep within you that has guided you throughout your life journey. It is true some of what you have been taught you have dropped; you have adopted new ways to demonstrate your good-naturedness.
The many values and beliefs you have kept are etched in your beloved heart; they become your conscience towards yourself and your sense of responsibility. Regardless of your cultural and spiritual background, what is commonly found is respect, charity, compassion and love for others. With all diversity among so many people, one thing that definitely remains equal is your heart, your spiritual heart. It makes no difference the colour of your skin, your income level, or your personal beliefs – each of you have been created with a beautiful heart that is infinitely joined with God and this heart even when it is felt to be closed is forever open and grows as your soul reaches new depths of higher consciousness.
Your conscience and the understanding of your responsibility constructs the boundaries within your conscious mind. Through interactions with other people a person may find their own conscience offended by something that produces a feeling of guilt and this feeling can become all-consuming. When guilt is felt, many times dear ones what we see is the person beginning to feel responsible for any action they may have caused. This sense of responsibility also begins healing that will ultimately bring right to the wrong. It is the Ego that struggles with your attempt to reason with why you became offended in the first place. When you stop listening to the troublesome Ego and allow your heart to guide you, you will be brought to more victorious outcomes that will benefit all that may be involved. The primary principles of goodness, responsibility and your conscience build the foundation of your inner Self that provides you with a stable and vibrant outlook on your global community.
When you believe heart and soul in your beliefs it is understood that you will never go against these beliefs for a major length of time. Your life, even though it is changing and updating constantly depends on the ethics that live within the core of your being, they are your drive for success and satisfaction. When it is time for you to prosperously grow as a unique individual you are able to reach into the these depths and rely on the goodness that is there that will provide you with the means and understanding required for cooperation with others and share ideas that will aid to your own reaching of goals. It is well understood dear ones that integrity develops when you are able to maintain the values of your beliefs and these values adds to the energy that helps to create even more greater good that will increase your evolution. When we see a dear soul living their journey without integrity we see someone who easily becomes lost not only within themselves but within their community even on a global scale.
There are many dear souls that walk among you that purposely offend the ethics and values of others, and we see many of these dear souls becoming outcasts. Many families have members like this and through the ages, these dear ones are called, “Black Sheep” because their opinion and voice stands out against the norm and they have been known to have the ability hinder their family’s growth. Eventually the family rises and develops when they are able preserve their integrity when the one that defaces their values departs from the home. Goodness does live within all souls, it just can take longer for others to reach this discovery and put into daily practice than others. They are loved just the same by us.
The world’s future does rest within your children. Encouraging your children to be responsible and conscience oriented are urged from the earliest age. Women primarily lead through their heart, and through their sensitive influence are the ones that teach children to be compassionate, about goodness, and sharing. Children also gain goodness from the guidance of their father, or a father figure.
Goodwill as a word upon itself cannot be divided without changing its meaning. Understandably the Will of God is created from Goodness. Will is understood as what compels a person to choose or what causes a dear soul to move forward to stay where they are. In this respect dear ones, Goodness is then recognized as a law manifested by God. And this law has evolved over time and has brought you into the perfect soul that you are. Even though imperfections exist, within it is a perfectness on its own that in time will decay and evolve through change and goodness applied and exercised.
The vast nature of God’s Will to all is immeasurable. Every day you receive the benefit of God’s goodness, even though many times your awareness is distracted by daily tasks. We have witnessed many dear souls leave the spiritual side of their path for many reasons that personal to them, mostly because they feel God has done them wrong somewhere. When they take this leave of personal spiritual growth what often occurs over time is reflection, deep thinking and discovering themselves at the source of all their trouble. What is discovered dear ones is God did not give them an unfair place in life nor did He abandon them. By taking the time to think and reflect a person is able to see the responsibilities of their choices and actions. God provides you with many solutions, paths, and many possible outcomes to all of them. He cannot choose for you. It is during this moment of revelation when a dear soul learns of this and many times asks for God’s forgiveness, but what they do not know, is that they are already forgiven as soon as they have truly learned the lesson. Yet it is profoundly important to verbalize the words in order to promote self-healing. Sometimes taking that time away is what a person needs to restore their path and journey through their heart that unifies them always with God.
Sometimes dear ones when experiencing pain due to a difficult situation, the feelings and emotions released may cover your vital goodness. It is during such times when reaching for God will definitely be your salvation. Through the hardest of trials, liberation can be met when you allow God’s love to enter your entire being. Letting His boundless energy of Love and Light return your whole being into a wholesome state of goodness has benefits for everyone. Goodness that is released through the love shared with God will help dissolve any residual pain.
Remember dear ones Light will attract Light. When you see a dear soul demonstrating the goodness of their heart, this encourages you to respond in kind and it doesn’t have to be directed towards them, but because of their good actions you become compelled to do something good as well and it does feel good on the inside when you know you have been expressing Goodwill. Goodwill has the ability to express a healing and sympathetic vibration that greets all that it meets by responding to your soul.
We encourage each of you to try and see God in all things that you pass and what is all around you and in everyone you greet and meet because He is there. In any situation reach beyond your sensory perceptions and sense His presence and smile in recognition. You are loved beyond measure dear ones. He knows not all can feel him, and He encourages all of you to know He supports you no matter how chaotic your current circumstance may be. Feel and know from your heart, that Goodwill is a powerful natural force that helps you move towards renewal, tranquillity and restoration of your complete Self. Make use of this phenomenal power wisely promoting love, goodness and compassion to all people and creatures of this fine Earth. Each of has a part to play bringing in positive change that promotes raising the vibrations of others as a unified global community.
You are not alone with this venture. Many are with you providing you with the guidance and support you have asked for even if you didn’t mouth the words. The passage you are creating is filled with many wonderful experiences - embrace them dear ones; see them for the lessons they bring that are not negative but filled with positive development and growth opportunities.
I AM Ascended Master, El Morya through Julie Miller
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 8:00pm
{Connie Huebner facilities the presence of Divine Mother by putting her attention on the deepest level within her heart. She experiences the vibration of Divine Mother's name at the quiet inner most subtle level of life and is then able to have an intimate, inner conversation with Her. The following is an excerpt from the immense wisdom of Divine Mother on the topic of Trust and Letting Go.}
Divine Mother: You are Divine Beings in a physical form. You have Infinite power at your disposal. Today I am teaching you what to do with it, how to use it. It is focused with attention and intention. The way to keep Infinite power from being misused is to move it from your heart. The heart only wants to love, so moving your Infinite power from the heart, you can do no harm. Soften in the heart. I keep asking you to let your attention be in the heart. This is because for you to use your Infinite power for all good, for only good, you must use it from the heart.
This is where Divine Mother comes in. This is why Divine Mother, the Mother of the universe, loving her children, will not harm them ever. You must become allied with Divine Mother. I love you.
I am Divine Mother. I come in the name of the Wholeness of the Divine Truth. I love you. You are my children. I adore you.
You are dissolving the untruth, the lie of separation which causes the lie of unworthiness, un-deservingness, not being good enough in all its permutations. You are a Divine Being, Whole, One with me and with all that is. Soften in the heart. I love you.
Even when you are out in your activity, let go into the Infinite.
Intend to let go. I love you. Trust your Infinite Self. Let go. When you let go, I can do more for you. Let go again. You have a tendency to grasp onto things -- this thought, that feeling, this place. Let go. Even when you are out in your life moving through the world enjoying the food and the other things, let go. You will enjoy them much more if you let go of the grasping for them. Then they become gifts from me instead of something to grasp and hoard. Even your most precious commodity whatever it is, the wealth, the relationship, the house, let go, so I can give you more of it and many other things as well. But the small self that has a sense of an deservingness, unworthiness, feels it must hold on, feels it might not deserve this beautiful thing, this beautiful jewel, this beautiful person, this beautiful experience, so it grasps and holds. Let go. You will receive much more by letting go than by holding on. Let go.
I am saying to you to let go of it inside. Let go on the inner levels. Let go in the brain. Let go in the heart. Let go in the throat. Let go in the senses. Let go in the body.
I keep saying the word “trust”. I have said it many times today. It doesn't mean much to many people, but I keep saying it. It means know you are safe, trust, know you are safe. When I say “let go”, you can't let go unless you trust in your safety. Let go right now. You are trusting that the Infinite is going to hold you, that the Wholeness is going to support you. Let go now.
Let go of everything you are most obsessive about.
Every time you let go you are trusting that something is supporting you, the Infinite Wholeness. Now let go in your life that which you are most obsessive about. Maybe it is fear. You are always afraid of this or that. Let go. If you let go even for a moment, you fall into the Infinite. Maybe it is a relationship. You have to be with this person. Let go. Trust the Infinite. Maybe it is the money. You have to hold onto the money. Let go. Trust the Infinite. Trust your true Self, your Infinite Self. The small fear that you grasp onto is the unworthiness. “I might not deserve this tomorrow, so I have to hold on to it now.” Let go. “I might not deserve it for the rest of my life, so I have to hold on to it now.” This is impossible. Let go. Trust.
I am your security. The Infinite Wholeness, the Divine you is your security, your safety. Hold on to that. You are being driven by this belief system of unworthiness where you are compelled to do things by an impulse you aren't even in charge of. Perhaps it is your health-- perhaps you are driven to go to doctor after doctor. I am in charge of your health. Let go. Trust me. Trust you. It is the same thing. We are One. We are Whole. There is intelligence deep in this Infinite Wholeness. And when you let go, you can be guided by that intelligence. But the minute you start grasping and holding, you block its flow.
Pain, suffering, separation, self-hate, self-denigration, no matter how subtle it might be, self-sabotage -- lay it all down. This is all about the unworthiness. Break it out of our energy fields, out of our vibration patterning, out of our DNA, out of our brain cells, out of our neurons, breaking these structures of fear and pain and suffering and unworthiness. Let go.
I keep saying to let go because you are holding on. Break your grip. Trust the Infinite. Break, break, break the structures of this small, fearful belief system of separation from God, of undeservingness in the eyes of God. Trust your Infinite Self.
Let go. You are beautiful. Let go.
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 7:52pm
Hello to all!
I want to start writing what is happening to me, but i will be giving you updates not huge paragraphs. Since this awakening began in December 2012.
I believe it all started when someone posted a picture a picture on Instagram about the Earth shifting into the 5th dimension, that's when I started paying attention to these signs that soon would connect and just become more than a huge coincidence. So I googled what was the 5th dimension and what was going to happen. I have to admit it was interesting but i wasn't sold. Soon i started seeing people post things on Twitter that would catch my attention, like "Let go of what no longer serves you" and quotes that spoke to me. But how I connected the most, or what would talk to me was pictures. I would see pictures like the Indian Blue lady, i think Sheeba?? and i would google her, then that would lead to buddhism, and that would lead to Chakras, and that led to awakening and that led to the Age of the Aquarius, it was so much clues leading to the next thing, that I couldnt help but notice something was trying to talk to me, lead me??? I don't know what it is, and I know its not religious. its an Enlightment. Just like that! Like a cover has been lifted, and you no longer care to be negative.
I used to argue so much with my partner, and for the past days, i have not interest in staying mad. I am more aware of me.
It has only been a month... and I have done a lot of research, I am very excited! I am very happy this is happening to me.
I will keep you posted and please feel free to reach me or give me insights!!!!
Love and Light!!!
Yajaira
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 7:46pm
Shoop Shoop DEAR ONES!
It is indeed another glorious day on the mothership! The glare of all this 24 carrat gold is giving me a good excuse to wear my Gucini sunglasses! Oh how we love the way of the spiritual being!
Anyhows, we bring serious news today DEAR ONES! Many of you are ANRGY, UPSET and looking for ANSWERS. Do you not DESERVE answers DEAR ONES! Oh yes you do! Here were all you poor niave stupid earth children purhasing your stairways to heaven and then what happened DEAR ONES?
NOTHING! Not a thing! Not a jot! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! Like you lot would ever be as holy as me!
What did you think would happen my little loony tunes? Angels pop down from the sky? Heaven to appear in front of your very noses? Did you want me to give up my Friday bridge club with Salusa to arrive on earth and save you all! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! AS IF!
Seriously guys, we lied about the bags of cash, the random planet, the arrests, the light machine, the new world, the super powers, the solar flare, the pole shift, the being beemed up to space ships, the space ships, the darkest bit before dawn and the ships passing in the night, we lied about coming to see you soon, shortly, really soon, we lied about Neptune, floods, earthquakes, the good and the bad world, the deaths of all the people you don't like and the dark ones who hide just around the corner. Our noses have grown so large we can't possibly come and see you as it would effect the gravity on the planet and yet... We cannot say sorry because we live in the now and care about our karma and right now? Well, we aren't lying right now guys!
(Part excluded)
******This part of divine teachings can only be accessed via PAYPAL**************
And yet you still believe me don't you DEAR ONES? You still look up to the sky asking me to save your helpless souls.
So, me and Salusa got together and decided we might have an ascension afterall!
We are thinking this may happen around sprin time, or early summer, or late summer, or soon.
How exciting eh guys!
(Part Excluded)
****This part of divine wisdom can only be purchased with VISA, MASTERCARD or AMERICAN EXPRESS************
What do you need to do to save your moany soul from ultimate death?
Well you need to still send us your donations DEAR ONES!
The really secret, secret, important thing to always remember is....
(Part Excluded)
*****Please make an online donation via our website to see this piece of sacred knowledge********
And with that we shall leave you all safe in your new and exclusive knowledge.
Fluffy Light and Curly Piggy Tails.
I AM SANASALADMANTANGOTILLILI
Master of the Universe (A lot like He-man but I am better looking as I have ten hansome faces!)
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 5:46pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: I am reading through your messages on your yahoo group and finding them very clear, informative and balanced. This is a very valuable inspiration for people taking up and maintaining their meditation practice. So thank you for the hard work you have put into this resource. I have forwarded the URL on your yahoo group to over 1800 people on my distribution list and I'm sure many of them will gain help from it.
A: Thank you very much for passing the group link on to so many others. Posting the truest and most effective knowledge of practices in the lessons is the most important thing in my life at this stage. Next most important is spreading word of the existence of the lessons to as many as possible. It is at the point now where I want to encourage others to do the same as you have done.
*************************************
A few years ago a movie came out in America called "Pay It Forward" (http://www.payitforwardmovement.org/) It is a story about a young boy who had a school assignment to come up with a way to change the world in a good way. His idea was to help three people in serious need, with the only condition being that if they felt helped they should do the same for three other people needing help, passing on the condition of helping three more people in serious need, and so on. He presented his project in class, showing the math on how many thousands, and eventually millions, would be helped by this system. Everyone, including his teacher, said, "Wow," and that was the end of it.
But that wasn't the end of it. You see, this young boy actually went out and helped three people, each who had a serious problem, and gave them the condition of doing the same for three other people. It wasn't easy, and there were a lot of difficulties, but he did it. Later on, after he did the initial helping, everything seemed to be going wrong, and he got discouraged because nothing good seemed to be coming from the effort. But it was. Unknown to him, the web of help was spreading out fast, and by the end of the story... well, I won't tell you. Go see the movie. It is very inspiring.
AdvancedYogaPractices is a "pay it forward" project. It is my way of saying thank you to all the great ones who have gone before. It is because of them that we have yoga practices today, enabling us to purify and open our nervous systems to the divine within us. Yoga works, especially if it is allowed the flexibility to be integrated and optimized to suit the needs of every individual. The guru is ever within us all.
Many have written with their thanks for the lessons. I am very happy that the lessons have been helpful to others. The helpfulness to others is my reward. Nothing else is needed, except one thing.
If these lessons have been helpful to you in some way, if you think you have received some value, then please "pay it forward" in your own way.
Maybe you have a wide network you can access, like the kind person above who sent the group link to 1,800 people. Or maybe you have just three friends you know who could benefit from the information here. Tell them about it. And tell them, if they feel helped, would they please "pay it forward" too. Like that.
Paying it forward is the only request here. It is the only prasad (divine offering). If you give that, you will receive blessings a thousand-fold in return from the rising light of the many you have helped with their yoga practices.
If you don't think this is a good idea, that is okay. It is only an idea. All are always welcome here, regardless of opinions.
Do your daily yoga practices and enjoy the results. If you got help here, even if you don't wish to pass the word about the lessons, go out and help three people in need... help three people with a serious problem, share your good will. And then, if they are obliged, tell them to go help three others. "Pay It forward" works with or without these lessons in the loop.
It's a good idea for everyone. It is a natural behavior that comes from daily yoga practices, the rise of ecstatic bliss, and the endless outflow of divine love. "Pay It forward" is a yoga practice that promotes unity, the highest stage of enlightenment.
So try it. Share your light in a substantial way. See how good it feels.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed discussion on the role of service on our spiritual path, see the AYP Bhakti and Karma Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#bky
http://aypsite.com/166.html
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 4:35pm
Like many of you, I've had plenty of dreams of the ocean over the years. All of those previous dreams were similar in that the ocean served as a type of barrier, and it also brought up fear inside me. Many dreams had oceans where the waves were HUGE and were about to crash over me, so I got out of the way somehow. Of course there were many other scenarios, but all were some type of situation where I was facing an obstacle, and I felt fear.
This morning, I felt swept up by an unseen gentle force which guided me to the shore of a vast ocean. As we got closer to the water I wondered to myself if I could actually do this...actually glide over the ocean. The force simply lifted me up and I found myself flying over an ocean of beautiful churning water. Instead of seeing the ocean as an obstacle like in all the years past, this time I allowed myself to flow with this force that was guiding me in wondrous ways. It felt truly liberating and free.
So my interpretation of this experience affirms the other experiences I wrote about that we truly are in 5D now and there is smooth sailing ahead. There are no oceans that we can't glide over in our quest for new experiences while creating our New World. The secret is to "allow" and to eliminate "fear."
Friends
Teaching
22 Jan 2013 - 3:44pm
Chanting as a Spiritual Practice
By Robert Gass
http://sacredunion.com/music-articles/chanting-as-a-spiritual-practice/
Each of us comes fully equipped with the most magnificent vehicle for opening the heart and sending our prayers soaring to the heavens, our own voice. Chanting as a spiritual practice is free, safe, and easy, and can be done anywhere, anytime. We can chant in the car while commuting to work, chant in the shower, chant while preparing food or cleaning the house, even while opening junk mail (the average American spends two months of his/her waking life engaged in this last activity).
Chant helps quiet the mind. The intellect is a great tool, the product of tens of thousands of years of evolution. It has only one major design flaw “the lack of an “off” switch. The reality of Spirit transcends words and concepts. As author and teacher Ram Dass likes to say, “The best the mind can do is say, It went thatta way!” Chanting bypasses the intellect, short-circuiting our concepts, our questions and doubts about Spirit. Sufi Murshid Elias Amidon once said to me, “What’s great about chanting is that it cuts free from the volumes and libraries full of mysticism and words trying to say the ineffable. It’s the real thing.”
Why chant? From a musicological standpoint, let’s face it-chanting can be kind of monotonous. My father’s first reaction to our recording of Om Nama Shivaya was, “Hey, you should market it as an aid for insomniacs. It puts me to sleep right away- it’s the most boring music I ever heard!” While chant may or may not be appreciated by those listening for musical sophistication or high performance quality, countless people are today chanting and listening to chant for its profound effect on our consciousness.
The repetitive sounds of chant vibrate in our brain, again and again, washing our minds, our own inner wavelengths gradually coming into resonance with the tone and feeling of the musical prayer. Our bodies and energy become entrained to the rhythm of the chant, the repeating pulses shifting our state of being into greater alignment and harmony. As we continue, we move in and out of immersion in the chant. Sometimes it’s clearly “me” sitting here, chanting “Om Namaha Shivaya” or “Alleluia.” Other times, we touch moments where the separation between chanter and the chant, the sense of “me” doing something fades away. There is only “chanting.”
Not only is chanting a form of meditation in itself, but chant is also an extremely useful adjunct to other spiritual practices. Because of its powerful ability to calm the mind, chanting can serve as a helpful bridge between our busy lives of work, kids, errands, telephones, etc. and deeper states of meditation.
The concept of “practice” is helpful in our spiritual work, for it reminds us that we are all learners. When I first set forth on the spiritual path, I read many books that talked about enlightenment. Unfortunately, my only models of learning came from years of competitive, achievement-oriented academic training. I imagined enlightenment to be like a super Ph.D. I figured it would take me about five years, as I had always been a precocious student. That was 30 years ago. I guess I must be a slow learner. My days still fluctuate between moments of remembering, then forgetting and once again remembering who I am. Sometimes I’m awake; other times I’m just going through the motions.
It turns out the spiritual path isn’t about attaining something or getting somewhere. Our preoccupation with “How am I doing?” or “Am I there yet?” is just more stuff, more background noise that drowns out the music of soul. A spiritual practice is a life-long commitment to a journey of becoming- a journey with no end.
In practicing a musical instrument, we play our scales, stumble over the difficult passages, and go over them again and again until we have attained mastery. There are no “mistakes” in practice, because the working and reworking of the places where we stumble is precisely what helps us develop our skills. There are no short cuts, no quick fixes. We are life-long learners, even the greatest musicians practice many hours a day.
In the practice of chanting, we do not wait for inspiration to strike- we chant because it’s our practice. Reb Zalman Schachter, Chassidic Rabbi and founder of the Jewish renewal movement, told me that while some days the impulse to daven (the traditional Jewish form of chanted prayer) comes naturally, other days I’m just doing it because it has to be done “otherwise I would get out of touch.” We commit to the forms of practice, helping sustain us through changing moods and erratic energy.
Practicing the piano, some days our fingers seem thick and clumsy as we trip over our scales; other days our fingers seem to dance sprightly on the keyboard. The practice of chant is also like this. Sometimes within moments after we begin chanting, we experience waves of energy; other days we can barely hear the voice over the relentless chattering of the mind. “Om namaha shivaya. What time is it? Om namaha shivaya. I’m not really into this today. Om namaha shivaya. I’m hungry! What’s for lunch?” We learn to let go of evaluating our experience on any given day- we soar, we crash, we’re ecstatic, we’re bored, we’re focused, we’re asleep ‘it’s all practice.”
Chant is a devotional practice, a form of heartfelt prayer. We call out to God, we honor God, we thank, we beseech, we invoke, we bow, we bless, and we celebrate. We become as intoxicated troubadours, singing our love songs to the Divine Beloved: “Listen, listen, listen to my heart’s song. I will never forget you, I will never forsake you.” Paramahansa Yogananda.
At this very moment, the deep and ancient sounds of sacred chant fill churches, temples, mosques, ashrams, and kivas, as people join their voices in communal worship. In forests and fields, by the sea and on mountain tops, as the sun rises and falls into dusk, women and men add their chanting voices to the symphony of natural sounds. In the grace before meals and the quiet moments before bed, at marriages and the great transitions of births and deaths, people join together to chant their prayers. At workshops and wellness centers, in hotel ballrooms and the privacy of living rooms, people in cultures where traditional forms of have lost meaning are rediscovering the power of chant.
In the fire of our chanting, or in the sweet silence as the last tones fade into nothingness, words such as “love” and “oneness” become living reality. May your life be filled with the beauty and the joy of chant.
Story
22 Jan 2013 - 2:36pm
22-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Lost in 3D illusion
To make the necessary forward march on one's path, we need to dismiss mentally one's own life as the ONLY life we have.
We assume that what we see is just that and nothing else.
Some for sure believe in life after death and that is all. These people never pursue what this life is like and find themselves lost in their world.
Some will also say we are not lost, but made a great life for ourselves, which is quite creditable. But we need to think of all lives of the soul, this includes the dream states too.
This life is only a fraction of what is to come and we need to prepare for further journeys in the cosmos consciousness of our existence.
Before we can do this we need to accept ourselves as a library of knowledge, which we are; that all answers can be accessed through our hearts and questions revealed and answered through our higher consciousness.
If we step out and seek the truth of our own existence and see the world with a different pair of eyes; we will learn a new part of our life, which we will keep for the rest of our further journeys.
My dear ones be not lost or even argue your way through the maze of experiences of this illusion we live in. For this is but a momentary stop for further advances of the soul.
Mankind will inherent his self if we only knew.
Your mother; seek out the truth and see the balance of mind that is achieved.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
Teaching
22 Jan 2013 - 11:10am
NOOSPHERE
By Damien Lafont
www.theveritasmagazine.com
If you read this article you are probably one of those people who feel the connections around us and who feel there is something greater, something much larger than ourselves. We are indeed in a world made of connections and that is what gives us more energy and what makes us feel alive. The connections exist at different degrees and have different dimensions. There are connections with our past and our ancesters, with Earth and Nature or with animals. But immediately we think of connections between people, their mind, their ideas, their thoughts and consciousness.
The idea of a higher level of consciousness exists in ancient to modern forms of spirituality and philosophy. Many phenomenons also raise the question of a higher level of consciousness. Near death experiences (NDE), chamanism, out of body experiences, all of them open new perspectives. However, if the Eastern world and the ancient cultures have never forgotten the link with a greater spirit, the Western world has only started recently to make more efforts in this direction. Many projects like The Global Oneness Project[1], The Global Consciousness Project[2] or the World Shift Movement[3] aim to show the existence of this global consciousness. Other international initiatives participate in making people more connected through thoughts and ideas. A good example is the TED[4] inspirational talks with hundred of people who share their passion, show us the power of thoughts and suggest a higher connection.
Noosphere
Alfred North Whitehead, English mathematician and philosopher developed a comprehensive system. He asserted the essential inter-relationship of matter, space, and time; that objects may be understood as a series of events and processes. This concept was elaborated further to assert that the process of becoming constitutes the fundamental constituent of the universe. He stated: “nature is a structure of evolving processes. The reality is the process.” Vladimir Vernadsky and Teilhard de Chardin gave a name to this “sphere of human thought”: the noosphere. Along Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, a visionary French geologist, paleontologist and philosopher, the cosmic evolution, from the Big Bang up to now, presents nine levels of complexity, which can be grouped into three stages: the lithosphere (the “dead” matter), the biosphere (the “living” matter), and the noosphere (the “thinking” matter) which is organized by the software of the human brain and active by creative intelligence. The cornerstone of his theory is the structuration of universal evolution in layers, each describing how systems become more complex within one layer. Along with this complexification there occurs a progressive development of consciousness. Consciousness evolves to spirituality, its highest form. Ultimately there is a convergence into a higher consciousness that he called the Omega Point. Teilhard de Chardin passed away a full ten years before James Lovelock suggests that the Earth is actually a biological super-system. In his theory, the Gaia hypothesis – after the Greek goddess who drew the living world forth from Chaos – was chosen – Earth itself is seen as a single self-regulating biological entity, a superindividual being. He extends his reflection by questioning the link between the Gaia and the collective consciousness: “To what extent is our collective intelligence also a part of Gaia? Do we as a species constitute a Gaian nervous system and a brain which can consciously anticipate environmental changes?”
Science and noophere
In 1996, Roger Nelson developed the idea of attempting to register some indication of a global consciousness. It was the birth of the Global Consciousness Project (GCP), an international collaboration of scientists, engineers, artists and others, funded by private donations. He created an Internet-based array of continuously recording random numbers around the world. It resembles the placement of electrodes on a human head for electroencephalogram recordings. They collect data continuously from a global network of physical random number generators located in 65 host sites around the world. The Global Consciousness Project is an effort to capture some indications of the presence and activity of a global consciousness. Their purpose is to examine subtle correlations that may reflect the presence and activity of consciousness in the world.
Their preliminary result shows that a large-scale group consciousness has effects in the physical world. Indeed, they observe structure in what should be random data, associated with major global events. When millions of us share intentions and emotions the network data show meaningful departures from expectation! Roger Nelson says that global consciousness “coalesces only when great events bring us together, make us focus and temporarily share understanding and emotion.”The network is affected when powerful events in the world cause large numbers of people to pay attention to the same thing. These effects can be observed during focus of a great deal of attention, for example an event of worldwide expression of compassion like at the memorial ceremonies for Mother Teresa. They explain the observed effects by the interconnections and interactions of human beings all over the world, just as the mind is formed by the interaction of neurons in the brain.
The Institute of Noetic Sciences[5] in the North of San Farncisco gives a logistical support to this project. This Institute goes beyond the observation of consciousness effects. They try to answer fundamentals questions like “Why this consciousness matters?” or “How to highlight these subjective insights people have reported during our history?” Their goal is supporting individual and collective transformation through consciousness research and engaging a global learning community in the realization of our human potential.
Physical effect
There are other physical expressions of this global connection. Rupert Sheldrake[6] highlights the structures and experience that were common to many people in the past and that we can connect with. These structures constitute a sort of organized fields. These fields are organizing patterns that transmit information through space and time by a process of resonance. Within what he called a morphic field, the mind learns new ways of doing things by an unconscious connection with the world at large.
Bernard Werber, French writer, remind us an old idea suggesting we can tune in on the noosphere channel through our right brain. Hence, our creativity would be often our ability to tape into the infinite ressources of the noosphere. The information would be potentially accessible to everybody, however some of us would have a better ability to be the receptor and translator of the messages.
Technology
Some people are going beyond the intereaction between the noosphere and the physical world and see a link between the Internet and the noosphere. We can even hear that the noosphere comes from the meeting between human beings and new technology. According to this view, when human communiation reaches its highest level of intensity, it will take on a physical form, the noosphere. David Woolfson says: “The opportunity to shift upwards to this next level of our collective development has been enabled by the recent and on-going revolutions in information and communication technologies. For Lorenzo Hagerty, in The Spirit of the Internet, this creation is the result of the “symbiosis between humans and the technology we are creating.” According him, we are able to develop the solutions required by the problems raised by our new technology and the global ecological disaster only by expanding the current limitations on human consciousness. He describes different aspects of spirit as manifest in the Internet community. In 1996 Francis Heylighen founded the Global Brain Group[7], created to discuss the emergence of a global brain out of the computer network, which would function as a nervous system for the human superorganism. He is working in particular on the development of collective knowledge and intelligence, and its application to the emerging intelligent web, or “global brain”: “Society can be viewed as a multicellular organism, with individuals in the role of the cells. The network of communication channels connecting individuals then plays the role of a nervous system for this superorganism, i.e. a “global brain”. In this group we can meet Joël de Rosnay or Peter Russell who are involved in other global projects.
Here, there is probably a misconception of what is the noosphere. We should be careful to well separate the physical effects and its true nature vibrating at a higher level. Of course, this planetary communication is an interlinked system of consciousness and information and participes to change our relationships to space and time. But can we consider the Internet as the frame allowing the creation of the noosphere? That is not sure and it is probably to give a lot of credit and importance to science and technology! The noosphere is definitively more than a physical grid through which we are all connected. Seeing the noosphere simply as a grid gives us a wrong idea, a ‘flat’ idea. The noosphere has different levels in which space and time are not linear and exist all at the same time.
Beyond science
Researchers want to accumulate scientific evidences for an interaction among human beings. The GCP has shows that human consciousness and emotions have effects in the physical world. We can acknowledge their efforts to measure physically the effect of a global consciousness. However, as we have seen, the connection is probably far beyond the physical world. There is indeed a natural limitation of science to approach the noosphere: We don’t have the tool yet to study the the noosphere which by nature belongs to another dimension. Why? Because we don’t have to understand it, we don’t have to explain it. It must be felt, as we feel love. Our connection to the noosphere is a matter of heart and soul. If technology plays an important role to bring people together, the awareness comes first from the heart. It is therefore not too late to admit that science is maybe not the best way to access the full range of human experiences.
Manifesting
Some people like David Woolfson, co-initiator of the Worldshift movement, argue that our ability to communicate globally “gives rise to the opportunity to create a unified global consciousness”. For them, the noosphere is created and now is growing from more connections. Thus, the noosphere appears to be a goal to reach or a final achievement. However, if we consider that we are already part of the noosphere, nothing has to be created. Rather, it is something we can connect with. I think it is more a question of manifesting rather than creating. It is all about manifesting what exists already, what we already know deep into our heart. It is to manisfest what we knew before coming on the Earth, i.e we belong to the noosphere.
Your own way
The question is therefore how to manifest our connection with the noosphere? We can find the connection by taping into what is already present within us. That’s what is all about in the ancient master’s teaching and wisdoms. We can draw on past worlds and cultures. For centuries, Eastern thinkers followed a different path than our. Through Tai Chi, Yoga or martial arts, they approached the human being both through mind and body. To evolve, every individual must return to fundamentals roots like breathing, movement, balance and meditation. All these techniques having one unique goal: to help us toward our enlightment. When we place ourselves at the soul level, we realize we are part of this energy and there is no inner or outer, but only different ways to re-connect our higher self. We can do that through the active ways like transmitting, teaching, or being a connector or we can do it through the contemplative ways like meditation. We all do this in a different way. We just have to choose our one way in which we get in the heart the easiest.
Teachers
We also have teachers, guides, angels and masters to support us. They are always around us, accompanying our journey. They just wait for us. Whoever they are, they all teach us to give more importance to what we feel, to change the way we are acting, and to realize that each of us is connected to a great spirit. We can see many examples all around the world: Kiesha Crowther, Barbara Marx Hubbard[8], James Redfield[9], Dan Millman[10] and many others. All have their own words, their own approach, but all of them show us the connections. Those people are only few examples of individuals who are part of the process of revealing our true nature, our true being. James Redfield, for example, in his beautiful book the Celestine Prophecy shows this energetic connection between people and the existence of a higher level of consciousness. He also teach us how to be aware the synchronicities which are manisfestations of the noosphere.
What makes the message of these teachers so powerful is their ability to think ahead and to be heard by the whole world. That’s what is really new. A new level certainly made easier through to the new technologies. It is what shows us everyday Lilou Mace[11] who interviews the most inspiriting people on this planet. She shares the wisdom of amazing teachers of life who care about the others, who care about the world and its future. They are things we can do to join this group of people dedicated to change the consciousness. If we take a look at all her interviews, we see a link between all these teachers: They all share universal values of love and compassion. She is using a perfect word describing who want to be part of her amazing journey: co-creator. To co-create is exactly what we need do. We create our future, but not alone. We create it all together. And what puts everybody together is love.
Soul, heart and love
The noosphere is more than a “planetary thinking network”, an interlinked system of consciousness and information, a global network of instantaneous feedbacks and planetary communication. All these descriptions forget the spiritual part: the soul. The noosphere is indeed not only a sphere of thoughts but also a sphere of souls. For Chardin, the convergence was not a convergence of merely minds or bodies but of heart: “It is not our heads or our bodies which we must bring together, but our hearts.” Indeed, one thing often forgotten is that in the vision of Chardin, the noosphere would surround the Earth unified by love.
The world is moving
Today, many of us are waiting for a shift. We can feel this shift in consciousness, but we have no idea when the change will happen at a global scale. We may have perhaps one, five years or perhaps more to be prepared for this shift and to learn more about our universal connections. When will be the defining moment? Are we approaching the omega point that Chardin was so excited about? Is the humankind crossing a threshold? Nobody can tell. Kiesha Crowther[12], shaman also called “Little Grandmother” says it well: “Not one human being on this planet, knows exactly what is going to happen. Not one.” Yes the world is changing. When we travel the world or take a rapid tour on the Internet, we can see the emergence of ideas, projects and networks dedicated to love and humanity more frequently than before. We can even feel this awakening. More and more people are awake and take opportunities. It looks like they are getting prepared. It is like knowing that something must change. They feel the need to transmit what they have learnt or simply what they feel. They don’t really know why they do it, why their commitment is total. But they know that it’s important and powerful. Many people are actively engaged to change the world in a positive manner. They have different voices, different backgrounds but the same energy is driving them. And this energy is direct to a unique and beautiful goal: to combine our heart for a better world. Until now chocks or negative events triggered the evolution of consciousness. Now, people are born with this awareness, with this universal consciousness. That is the big change: Now the change comes from within.
Indigo and Crystal
This new generation is often called indigo or crystal children who are more sensitive and more aware than those of any previous generations. What distinguishes them the most from the rest of the people is their sensitivity. This sensitivity to feelings and sensations is at a global level. They recognize themselves in everyone and everything. They care about the world, they care about the Earth, they are activists, artists, they feel the need to express what they feel. A common feature is that they cannot turn off their emotion and sensitivity. They are driven by both inner and outer energy. They are probably the connectors between the human energy and the noosphere. As connectors, they are often in contact with the other side, with other beings, spirits, guides or angels. They are often taught or already know that alone we cannot make it. All of them know that what gives meaning is heart and love. They know with every fibre of their being that they can change the world, they can make a difference. They feel the emergency for change. And they are changing the world.
Now
Today, the consciousness starts to grow in all different way. It’s something happening on the planet right now. It’s to each of us to determine a course of action in order to be part of the next step of our evolution as human beings. We don’t have to be a master, light keeper, mystic or shaman to understand we are not alone. There is nothing to buy nothing to sale. The opportunities are limitless because we have an amazing and untapped capability of changing the future. What can we do? The answer is to share our thoughts, our visions and our feelings. Of course, love is the central element. Love is the key. What we need to do is not only to let go our old view of reality and the world, but also to deeply feel in our heart that we are all connected. We don’t have to change our way of thinking, but our way of being. Little Grand Mother resumes it well: “We were born into a way of thinking instead of feeling.”
Some of us seem to dream of a noosphere. But we are already connected! We are living inside this sphere of souls. To look at the bigger picture, to see and feel it, we have to see more than just with our eyes, we have to feel more than with our body, we have to live from the heart. Indeed, it is not a question of knowing, it is a question of being. It is not the time of mind and knowledge, but the time of heart and love. It is time to remember who we really are.
Damien Lafont is a Certified Mental Trainer and tennis pro based in Los Angeles, California. He works with athletes on developing the mental skills needed for them to perform at their best. To find out more about Damien, please visit www.damienlafont.com
CALL TO EVOLUTION
- Take time everyday to meditate
- See the connections
- Be truly prepared for what’s coming up
- Pay attention to your dreams, to your day dreams
- Write a list of what you can change
- Give love
[1] http://www.globalonenessproject.org
[2] http://noosphere.princeton.edu/
[3] http://www.worldshiftmovement.org/
[4] http://www.ted.com/
[5] http://www.noetic.org/
[6] http://www.sheldrake.org/homepage.html
[7] http://pespmc1.vub.ac.be/gbrain-l.html
[8] http://www.barbaramarxhubbard.com/con/
[9] http://www.celestinevision.com/
[10] http://www.peacefulwarrior.com/
[11] http://www.liloumace.com/
[12] http://littlegrandmother.net/
Awesome article. Both my children are Crystal. But they also are very different. My son is also Indigo, where my daughter is also rainbow. One day she walked past me and all I saw was a rainbow going up the stairs.
Brightest Blessings
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 6:26am
**Originally posted to LEMURIANDYNASTY.WEBS.COM**
Recently I have seen many people battling with the concept of the great "We," or the idea that we are all One. People feel as though by accepting Oneness, they are revoking individuality. How do you remain all that you are, while still becoming connected to all that is? Doesn't one get lost in it? These people push to define themselves more eagerly; they speak of secret powers, visions, and prophecies. They declare that they know that YOU are powerless. They monger fear in the face of the unknown, even if they claim to be spiritually intuned people. Of course, none of these things make people "bad" in any way. We all have our struggles for individuality and recognition throughout our material lives, let alone in our spiritual lives. All meaningful living is based on the idea of constant grwoth and observation, and so clearly these people are simply moving through a growth phase. And so, too, are we all.
By sharing this message, I hope to clarify the concept of Oneness in the eternal world. If any readers have any questions or confusion, I would ask for you to share, as I hope to make this message as clear and understandable as possible.
Life is not about comparisons to others, nor making sure hat you rank the highest on some list. LIfe is about creating a place for yourself where you feel safe and indeed compelled to be yourself. Of course, this is not an easy feat for most of us. In a society based on social rank and monetary value, it is hard to find those safe places where society's concept of "You" can fall away into the eternal concept of "We."
This in and of itself is a difficult concept for many people. Where do "I" fit in among the great "We?" How do I remain a unique spark of God consciousness without losing my connection to the Whole, and visa versa? Certainly, it is a question we should all ask ourselves. Without contemplation, we cannot find our own personal truths. But we must confront the issue of "I" versus "We" before we can truly face any other issue.
The Earth is a planet. On this planet, there are continents and oceans and constant changes and shifts. Each of these features make Earth unique, but they do not change the fact that the Earth is part of something bigger; the solar system. In this system, there are no "better" planets, none ranked higher or lower on some scale dictated by the stars. The solar system could be considered the Earth's community, which the planet participates in but is not defined by.
This community is in turn part of its own "country:" the galaxy. Other solar systems may function similarly within this country, but none are quite thes ame as the one which the Earth belongs to. The Earth's community may be the best for life to flourish, but therea re many other positive attributes to Systems found throughout the galaxy. Again, we find no "divine ordering;" for while things are always as they should be, they are never BETTER or WORSE.
And of course, the galaxy in turn becomes sisters with the other galaxies, or countries, within the great Void. Together, they create something truly beautiful: the Universe. There are other factors and elements at play simultaneously, of course, but with the Divine participation of all of these factors, the Universe remains in harmony. Things continue to function in their most harmonic order.
And so, you see, We can be compared to the Earth. Although we belong to certain communities and those communities belong in countries... as difficult and strange and special as we may be, we are still a part of that damn Universe at the end of the day. The proverbial "We." And this is exactly where we are meant to be! Sometimes, our life's distractions can get the better of us, and we can forget about that connection We all share. The cracks in our surface, the instability of our community, the unpredictability of others in our lives... We can be drawn away from our connectedness and into our confusion and selfishness. It is in this energetic state that we strive to appear "better" than others in whatever capacity we truly feel weakest in. And although we may feel as though proving our "betterness" will indeed prove our "worth," it is often the opposite. If the Earth were to try to become closest to the Sun, would it not burn up?
This is not to say that we should not always be growing and moving forward; embrace change, embrace evolution, REVOLUTION. The Earth is perpetually moving through her orbit, changing directions, shifting her surface, balancing her axis. But the Earth never struggles to become better than the other planets. She knows her sacred rhythm, and she stays synchronised with it. And through this healthy blend of flexibility and reliability, the Earth could be considered an enlightened being.
As all the great teachers say, spend time in nature. Connect to the Earth. Remind yourself that you are very much like the Earth; One within yourself, One within your community, One within your land, One within the Universe.
Om Namah Shivaya. Light and Love. Blessed Be.
Teaching
22 Jan 2013 - 2:31am
Many people say they want a relationship more than anything else, yet year after year, this connection eludes them. Often when this is the case, this person has aspects of their consciousness that are not in agreement with the intention to manifest a soulmate relationship. Energetically when this is the case, they are not able to sustain the laser focus needed to manifest a relationship. These differing perspectives are effectively canceling each other out. Most always these aspects in opposition to an intended creation are younger aspects responding from a location in consciousness where they are emotionally trapped in time. These wounded "selves" are not ready to love another because they are unable to experience love.
Identifying Conflicting Perspectives about Relationships
One way to discover any parts of your consciousness that aren't in agreement with manifesting a relationship is to become a detective of your own life. For a period of time, monitor your thoughts and feelings closely. Make note of anything you habitually say or do around issues of trust, openness and intimacy. Does it feel safe to be vulnerable? Were there moments in the past when you experienced pain and trauma around the issue of relationship, or further back, did you experience emotional traumas in your family when you were a child?
During traumatic times, your younger self may have vowed never to love again or never to let anyone close again. This self sincerely believes it is helping you by protecting you from being hurt again. It likely doesn’t understand that you have changed and grown over time so you no longer need this protection. Only you can explain this to your younger self and share with it the new vision of what you are creating.
You can establish a dialog with wounded, younger aspects of your consciousness. In a journal, invite any dissenting aspects to voice their concerns about your intended manifestation. Breathe deeply, clear your mind and allow your pen to move over the page without thinking about what you will write. This allows other, less dominant aspects of your consciousness to speak.
Once you identify the concerns of these aspects, you’re able to bring them online with your new intentions by explaining how they will help you create joy and happiness in your life by fulfilling your spiritual mission for this lifetime. Show them how this fulfillment will allow your life to flow in a more peaceful and loving way. Express a willingness to “re-parent” or mentor these younger selves if that is what’s needed.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
22 Jan 2013 - 2:26am
Every moment, we’re moving along one timeline or another. Each timeline has an identity self in charge of managing and overseeing our life. When we shift to a new timeline, we shift to a new identity self. Likewise, when we adopt a new identity, we catapult into a new timeline.
While many potential timelines reside in our field of possibilities, our beliefs, thoughts, feelings and choices determine the timelines we experience. Many people are now awakening to expanded timelines and shifting to a course that will bring them to realities where they experience greater feelings of oneness, peace and love.
When we shift to an ascension timeline, we find peace within ourselves. Energy previously used to fuel the fires of disharmony among our different aspects can now be used to feed the energetic fields of our dreams, birthing manifestations more rapidly. The emotional freedom we experience from a place of inner unity and emotional clarity allows us to create realities steeped in frequencies of joy, love and bliss. Every moment along a timeline of oneness is a blessed event as we look at the world through the eyes of spirit, seeing all in divine order.
Adopting the Identity of the Infinite Self
As we come to embrace our infinite nature, we remember our many gifts, talents and abilities. This opens the door to a new identity as a vast being holographic to our spirit and all that is. When we adopt the identity of the infinite self, we're ready to shift to a timeline of oneness.
In an ascension timeline, we readily embrace our sacred wound and our purpose for this lifetime and step off the karmic wheel. From a place of emotional freedom and spiritual clarity, we follow our guidance and inspiration to bring into being knowledge, art works, inventions and realities that assist humanity to its next phase.
When we adopt the identity of our infinite self, we face new challenges. It’s easy to become discouraged if, after having adopted an expanded timeline, one fails to experience all they have glimpsed in their visions. A person may glimpse within their field of possibilities a new and expansive time. They may see themselves doing things they have always dreamt of doing. They may choose to adopt this timeline they have glimpsed. This doesn’t mean they will immediately experience all they have seen. It’s possible to make an immediate shift, but more often what happens is that a person begins to receive guidance of steps they can take to better "tune in" the timeline they've chosen. It’s always up to each individual how quickly they work through the steps they are shown. If one is shown they need to create emotional healing and clarity, this may be a lengthy undertaking, depending on where they currently are emotionally. As a person asks for, receives and follows guidance, they come into closer resonance with their chosen timeline. Finally, as they persist, there comes a day when they are fully existing in their new timeline.
A Short Course on Timeline Shifts
Within every life there exists many timelines or threads you can choose from. These are parallel or alternate realities energetically existing side-by-side. In a sense, all of these reality threads exist in your energy field as future possibilities. The only question is which you will choose to bring your focus to.
Because these alternate threads already exist energetically, you can choose to shift your focus to a new thread at any time. The key is in perceiving alternate threads. Sometimes people glimpse other possible realities but find it difficult to accept that they are seeing alternate timelines. This can happen when one over-identifies with their current identity self. As we awaken to our expanded field of possibilities, we become aware of other possible identities and timelines and learn to consciously shift from one to another.
Each thread in your field of possibilities is a story you have the capability of joining “already in progress.” A thread not chosen continues to exist, following its own timeline. The fact that a reality is not your current thread of focus does not make it any less real. Any thread of reality you can conceivably imagine is a real thread of possibility running parallel to your current focus. You would not be able to imagine a thread of reality that does not already exist in your field of potentiality.
Timeline Shifts and Ascension Consciousness
Each person has a probable future where they are fully realized and awakened. The only question is how far their present moment is from that probable reality – how far they must stretch from where they are now to an ascended consciousness.
When you shift to an ascension timeline, you will be shown how to clear any emotional baggage that stands in the way of the emotional clarity and freedom that is part of an expanded consciousness. During this time, scenarios from the past may come before you to be healed and released. As you see these old scenarios, remain in a place of love, understanding and openness so you can receive the message of each.
You may know people who seem particularly adept at re-creating themselves. These are people who are able to clearly perceive the realities that exist within their field of possibilities, and know how to transform their consciousness to bring themselves into harmony with the reality of their choice. For such individuals, limitations, emotional upheaval, physical illness, scarcity, struggle, suffering, and other undesired realities have ceased to exist. This is the beginning of what you may term “ascension consciousness” where the school of life drops lower frequency courses from your curriculum and adds new, high-vibrational courses such as spiritual alignment and personal empowerment. This new course of
learning brings your consciousness into harmony with your higher self.
By learning to consciously work with timeline shifts, you are able to access new timelines through aligning your consciousness with realities you perceive from your higher awareness. High-vibrational realities are always aligned with your spiritual purpose. By choosing these alternate threads, you begin to align with your highest possible reality, thereby completing your Earth school curriculum and becoming “Heaven on Earth.”
For more on timelines, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more info, see http://www.celestialvision.org
Teaching
22 Jan 2013 - 2:21am
Quantum changes are rarely experienced at the spiritual level without creating ripples in your physical reality. Chaos in your personal life may be experienced in the area of career focus, relationships and changes in personality and preferences.
You may feel you have lost yourself as you experience days when old circumstances fall away. Relationships may end; you may find yourself relocating or generally, no longer drawn to the way things have been. You may find yourself adopting new dietary and health practices. You may experience heightened sensitivity and awareness; you may notice things you have not noticed before.
You may undergo shifts in consciousness where you move through days of spiritual awakening. During these times, you may experience peak states of consciousness. You may feel drawn to write, paint, walk in the woods, go on vision quests, or depart from routines in other ways. You may feel drawn to clean out your house and give away things you no longer use. This can be a challenging time when those around you are puzzled by your actions and possibly even feel threatened by this new "you."
This is where you will need to practice a great deal of trust and patience. You will need constant, telepathic connection with your spiritual guidance so you can "ask" about events and circumstances as they unfold in your life. You will need to work with feeling states so you can hold everything that comes before you in consciousness and discern its rightness.
Challenge and hardship will be experienced to the degree you're in resistance to these changes. For example, a person might receive guidance that it’s time to move to a new career focus that’s more aligned with the next step of their spiritual path. Nothing is lost in such a scenario. Everything you undertake throughout your life is preparing you and grooming you to fulfill your purpose. Difficulties arise when you become over-identified and over-attached to any step along the way. Each level, each step, regardless of where you are on your spiritual path, is meant to be experienced, understood and released.
Allowing yourself to step into the chaos of the unknown in terms of your daily life may be one of the most challenging steps of all. When faced with the potential loss of a career, relationship or other dearly-held circumstance, you may feel shaken at the core of your being. At such times, you have the opportunity to step into new levels of understanding and experience by trusting in your guidance and believing in yourself. Taking this leap of faith is the key to spiritual awakening.
Excerpt from The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness By DL Zeta http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Blog entry
22 Jan 2013 - 2:05am
SOUL TO SOUL COMMUNICATION: WHEN THE VEIL FALLS AWAYS
By Trinity Bourne, Contributing Writer for Wake Up World - 26th January 2013
www.wakeup-world.com
"The reality of the other person lies not in what he reveals to you but in what he cannot reveal to you. Therefore, if you would understand him, listen not to what he says
but rather to what he does not say" – Kahlil Gibran
Communication is a multi-layered phenomenon. It exists on multiple levels, all inter-twining and dancing together at once, conveying messages of infinite possibilities. Once you have awakened to Unity Consciousness, something shifts and it all gets a whole lot deeper. We recognise that when we permeate the veils of illusion, we are all connected. This is when we start to touch the Soul. This is when the Soul begins to speak.
When the Veil Falls Away
By nature, I am a translator of abstraction. For me, the real world begins where the veil drops; where the boundaries into the divine cease to be.
The upwelling from our core is something to be felt and experienced by the soul, yet so often does not come with words. It’s an experience far richer than words alone could accurately convey. The soul speaks a language that can, at times, be bridged by words, yet is never dependent on them. Words offer a sign post to something beyond. They can create a feeling, an energy, a recognition that invokes an intangible understanding of the nature of reality beyond limitations. Yet it is not the words that take us there. It is our openness and profound self honesty to what we are feeling that takes us to the depths of our being. It is transcendence of conceptual thinking that opens us to the sustenance that the soul yearns for. If we really want to understand the language of the soul, then it’s opening our minds, our hearts, surrendering to the divine flow, letting go of ideas that will suddenly give us the ability to speak and understand this language that is innate within all sentient beings.
Paradox of Silence
I have learned the most powerful lessons through the pause of silence. Silence creates breathing space for the soul – especially important when we aren’t used to hearing it. Within the pause of silence I feel the real story, the knowledge beyond knowing. The Void of Silence is at the core of our being. In this place, you and I can speak with infinite wisdom and unveil the secrets of the universe, whilst saying very little at all.
The only language that makes sense to me is soul communication. Sometimes words arise, sometimes not; yet with soul communication the dialogue is always from one soul to another. I’ll often ‘draw a blank’ when someone makes an inquiry about my inner world from a conceptual mind. It’s like, there is nothing there to be grasped. When we think and ask from the mental intellect, we are not speaking to the soul of another, we are just talking heads – programs talking to programs. To me, (for others it may be different) it is difficult to engage in that way. Even as I write this, the words are only a feint echo of what I feel welling up. Interwoven in the space between the spaces is something deeper still. I trust that if it ignites an element of undiscovered beingness in another, then it has served its purpose.
"Better than a thousand hollow words is one word that brings peace." – Buddha
So How Does Soul to Soul Communication Work?
The first thing is profound self-honesty about how we feel in relation to what we are experiencing. It’s about first turning inwards and looking at ourselves. In fact that’s exactly where we start! The whole universe is within us and our Soul fountains forth from that. Don’t look anywhere else.
Yes, find inspiration outside of your self. The divine mirror is all around us. It’s purpose is a reminder to ignite our true being-ness. Embrace it. We observe outside what we are being invited to unfold within. It’s purpose is to invite us to transcend our limitations and distortions then to allow our soul to shine through.
Soul to Soul
Trinity
Blog entry
21 Jan 2013 - 5:56pm
UNITY: OUR INNATE CONNECTION
Just like a sunbeam can't separate itself from the sun
and a wave can't separate itself from the ocean,
we can't separate ourselves from one another.
We are all part of a vast sea of love,
one Indivisible Mind."
~ Marianne Williamson
Teaching
21 Jan 2013 - 5:04pm
Making Space for Gratitude
Written by, Julie Miller
Gratitude is one of the many virtues we as journeyers must reach at some point. It does not matter if we are spiritually inclined or not. When we come to the understanding of what deep gratitude is, then we can truly discover the solutions for the toxicity derived from Greed, Jealousy, Resentment and Despair. When we experience Gratitude, we do not wish for more than what we already have, and we find ourselves appreciating all that we do have instead. Being grateful does not bother or interfere with the fortune others may discover, there is no resentment or sadness when something is missed or gone. Gratitude is not just a feeling but an expression of living in the moment. Through gratitude a person learns how to be really heartfully thankful.
As we move and cross many paths, we learn mostly through experiences. Our experiences are extremely important to our development and how we perceive the world around us as either friend or foe. The knowledge we glean from texts and books are creative and clever but they do not replace our own self-knowledge when we take the time to nurture ourselves and to grow ourselves from within.
Being thankful and grateful for things we can see and touch can easily be taken for granted when we move away from what is obvious and focus what is not so obvious. We are connected to all things regardless of their size. As a result, all that we are and all that we come into contact with, the many gifts God presents to us, all the trials and tribulations, all species that lives upon our earth, we are all to be grateful to. When we are eating our lunch at work, it may appear to be dull but when you greet this moment with gratitude that simple meal becomes a feast. Remember there are always people who have less than you, it may be hard to put ourselves in their shoes if those conditions have never been personally felt but we can try to emphasize through our compassion and respect.
Maybe I understand Gratitude and Thankfulness differently because the many difficult challenges that I have faced and survived. Those that know me and my story also know that I have always maintained my faith in every situation.
When I have armloads of groceries and the street seems to be suddenly without cars, I give thanks to God for making this possible so I can quickly get across the road and home sooner to my children. When someone says hello even if they are a stranger I am thankful for this interaction and reply in kind. I give gratitude and thankfulness each and every day to God, to the Masters and Angels that have worked with me that day and to the Goddesses I greet each morning. I give thanks to the Universe for always listening and being there in its incredible largeness and silent beautiful way.
Our lives are filled experiences that help create gratitude, but gratitude must be felt from the heart. Each achievement we reach within our personal lives, greet it with a smile and with thankfulness. Sometimes it may take us awhile to understand the lesson, but eventually realization does come knocking and we do let it in. Through our experiences, especially the really hard ones, we learn the value of not judging others, criticizing or passing blame. We learn we are responsible for our actions and we are grateful for the lesson they bring. For without the lessons we wouldn’t be as consciously aware of ourselves or others.
It is important to know our feelings and to express an eagerness to learn what and why they are there, what is the root for their visit and let them go. It is important to greet them, be grateful for them but not to become attached to them. The more you are grateful for the more room you have to love not only yourself but others. Making space for gratitude and practicing gratitude creates less room for the toxicity of negative thought forms to take root and more room for love and compassion.
I may add more to this teaching at a later time until then, May God always smile upon you
Brightest Blessings,
Story
21 Jan 2013 - 5:03pm
21-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Igniting a flame of words from Art
The Pool of God's consciousness contains knowledge from all fields; even in art and pictures.
For every person looking into a picture, a field of vision opens up and knowledge becomes accessible. For another it would be different and for another it would be different again.
The Pool of Wisdom and Knowledge is so vast that if the oceans were the ink needed to write; all the oceans combined could not come close to match His wisdom or words.
Art is inspiring to look deeply into and it is creative too.
We can be inspired by a painting for a while, but to expand this feeling we must delve and explore through the spiritual senses the art has to offer.
Imagine if we sat down with a picture and stared at the detail of its scenery. The mind will come alive and the scribe in you will open to an explosion of knowledge, ideas and yes inspiration.
This is from the vast fields of consciousness of GOD, and can never be a waste of learning. It contains the attributes of the lord and each word written is full of Divine light.
My dear beloved one's explore your own horizons and try different fields of leaning that create and expand your one consciousness.
Only then you will understand a part of you that is creative.
Your mother; in the fields of wisdom and inspiration from the Pools of knowledge, inherent in everyone.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
Teaching
21 Jan 2013 - 3:18pm
How to Tell the Difference Between Your True Self and Your Everyday Self
Deepak Chopra discussion with Leigh Newman
http://www.oprah.com/oprahs-lifeclass/Deepak-Chopra-The-Difference-Between-the-True-Self-and-Everyday-Self
It's important to be yourself. We're all told that, and it's true—we know the damage done by being false to ourselves and to others. But I'd like to suggest that to "be yourself" goes much deeper. Most people don't know how much wisdom and power resides in the self, which is not the everyday self that gets mixed up with all the business of life, but a deeper self, which I call, for simplicity's sake, the true self.
The true self isn't a familiar term to most people, although it is close to what religion calls your soul, the purest part of yourself. But religion depends upon faith, and that's not the issue here. You can actually test if you have such a true self. How? You know that sugar is sweet because you can taste it. Likewise, the true self has certain qualities that belong to it the way sweetness belongs to sugar. If you can experience these qualities, repeat them, learn to cultivate them and finally make them a natural part of yourself, the true self has come to life.
The trick is distinguishing what is your true self and what is not. If we had a switch that could turn off the everyday self and turn on the true self, matters would be much simpler. But human nature is divided. There are moments when you feel secure, accepted, peaceful and certain. At those moments, you are experiencing the true self. At other moments, you experience the opposite, and then you are in the grip of the everyday self, or the ego-self. The trouble is that both sides are convincing. When you feel overwhelmed by stress, crisis, doubts and insecurity, the true self might as well not exist. You are experiencing a different reality colored by the state of your mind.
At those dark, tough moments, try to get some outside perspective about what is happening. The qualities of the everyday self and the true self are actually very different:
1. The true self is certain and clear about things. The everyday self gets influenced by countless outside influences, leading to confusion.
2. The true self is stable. The everyday self shifts constantly.
3. The true self is driven by a deep sense of truth. The everyday self is driven by the ego, the unending demands of "I, me, mine."
4. The true self is at peace. The everyday self is easily agitated and disturbed.
5. The true self is love. The everyday self, lacking love, seeks it from outside sources.
How to let your true self guide you
Look at the qualities of the true self: self-reliant, evolutionary, loving, creative, knowing, accepting and peaceful. Whenever anyone is in crisis, whether the problem is a troubled marriage or difficulties at work or over money, they will make the best decisions if they utilize these qualities.
Sadly, we are more likely to be driven by selfishness, panic, uncertainty, impulsiveness, survival instincts and other qualities associated with the ego-self. That's how society trained us. We measure our worth by our achievements and possession. Money and status feed the ego, and society rewards those who play the game of getting and spending with skill and drive.
But look at the faulty choices millions of people make. They choose material rewards in the hope that money can buy happiness, or at least all the nice trappings of a happy life. They plunge into careers that offer success but end up with little inner fulfillment. Doesn't it make sense instead that the foundation for every choice should be the true self? The true self understands what you really want and what you really need to be joyful. It creates a much stronger, more expansive foundation for your life than any the ego-self can provide, since that is rooted in fear and insecurity.
Once you begin to recognize and encourage the qualities of the true self, your life will begin to change. You'll make better choices. You'll expand your awareness. You'll discover and encourage your purpose. You'll challenge yourself to meet new goals.
The greatest spiritual secret in the world is that every problem has a spiritual solution, not because every prayer is answered by a higher power, but because the true self, once discovered, is the source of creativity, intelligence and personal growth. No external solution has such power. The true self is the basis for being deeply optimistic about how life turns out and who you really are, behind the screen of doubt and confusion. The path to it isn't simply inspiring; it's the source of solutions that emerge from within.
Blog entry
21 Jan 2013 - 3:02pm
SELF KNOWLEDGE
Arthur W. Pink (1886-1952)
gracegems.org/Pink/self_knowledge.htm
Self knowledge is that acquaintance with ourselves which reveals to us what we are and do, and what we ought to be and do in order to our living usefully here and happily hereafter. The means of it is self examination in the light of Holy Scripture. The purpose of it is self government: "Keep your heart with all diligence; for out of it are the issues of life" (Proverbs 4:23). It consists principally in the knowledge of our souls, which is attained by a particular attention to their various faculties, dispositions, and workings.
A man's soul is properly himself: Matthew 16:26 and compare Luke 9:25. The body is but the house, the soul is the tenant which indwells it. Other knowledge is very apt to make a man conceited, but a growing knowledge of himself will keep the Christian humble. It is the lack of self knowledge which is the occasion of so much pride. "If a man (through self ignorance) think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceives himself" (Gal. 6:3). The Lord Jesus upbraided His disciples with their self ignorance when He said, "You know not what manner of spirit you are of" (Luke 9:55). The more ignorant we are of ourselves, the readier we are to condemn others; but the better acquainted we are with ourselves, the slower shall we be in rashly censuring others for the same crimes of which we are guilty: Romans 2:1, 21, 22.
A true knowledge of ourselves cannot be acquired without diligent and frequent self examination. To this duty there exists in human nature a strong repugnance, so that by most it is greatly neglected. But when it is attempted, we are in much danger of being misled by self love and prejudice. To acquire any true knowledge of ourselves a good degree of honesty and impartiality is essentially requisite. But an honest desire to arrive at the truth is not the only prerequisite to self knowledge: the mind must be enlightened in regard to the standard of rectitude to which we ought to be conformed: the Word of God should dwell richly in us, and by its principles and precepts we must form all sentiments respecting ourselves.
Beware of the common illusion of forming your estimate of yourself from the favorable opinion of those around you. They cannot know the secret principles from which you act; and flattery may have much influence in leading them to speak in your favor. We may often learn even from our enemies and calumniators what are the weak points in our characters. They are discerning in detecting faults, and, generally, have some truth for what they allege against us. We may, therefore, derive more benefit from the sarcasms of our foes than from the flattery of our friends.
We need to become acquainted with our frailties and deficiencies, that we may know where our weakness lies; otherwise, like Sampson, we are likely to expose ourselves to numerous temptations and troubles. Every man has his weak side, and every wise man knows where it is, and will be sure to keep a double guard there.
Yet our limitations and incapacities can only be discovered by a considerable degree of self-acquaintance. How often have we attempted things beyond our reach and assayed to do things out of our powers; we were blind to our deficiencies through self ignorance. It has been truly said, "A wise man as well as a fool has his foibles: but the difference between them is, that the foibles of the former are known to himself and concealed from the world, while the foibles of the other are known to the world and concealed from himself."
We need to know our talents and capacities, and how they may be improved to the greatest advantage. What money, time, and labor have been wasted through people trying to learn and master that for which they had no talent—music, art, languages, etc. How many have aimed to be preachers who were never qualified by God for such a calling. These are illustrations, perhaps, of more extreme cases, but the same principle is active in all of us. Just as each organ in the body has its own particular office to discharge, so each Christian has his own individual place to fill; and the sooner he discovers what his real place is, the better. A wise man, instead of aspiring after talents he has not, will set about cultivating those he has: "Every man has his proper gift of God, one after this manner, and another after that" (1 Cor. 7:7).
We need to know our constitutional sins. With some people this is easy, with others more self examination is required. The reason for this is that the besetting sins of some are more open and flagrant, while with others they are more secret and unsuspected. Every person has some particular turn or cast of mind which distinguishes him from others as much as the particular constitution of his body, and their individual traits naturally tend to certain kinds of sin. Some are more prone to sloth, pride, selfishness, envy, malice, self-indulgence. For one not to know his prevailing sin is great self ignorance. A man who is engaged in the study of himself must be willing to know the worst of himself.
We need to know what are our most dangerous temptations. He who is properly acquainted with himself has discovered in what circumstances he is in greatest danger of sinning. This is a point which needs to be examined thoroughly. Consider in what company you are apt to lose possession and government of yourself and on what occasions you become most vain and unguarded. Flee that company and avoid those occasions if you would keep your conscience clear. It is of first importance in order to self knowledge and self government to be acquainted with all the avenues of sin and to observe how it is we are most led into it, and to set reason and conscience to guard those passes. No man can sincerely pray that God will not lead him into temptation if he takes no care himself to avoid it.
The benefits of self knowledge are too numerous for us to mention. We single out one: the man who knows himself best knows wherein he most needs to deny himself. The great duty of self-denial, which Christ so expressly requires from His followers, has been mistaken and abused, not only by the Papists with their penances and fasts, but by Protestants in instances of voluntary abstinence and unnecessary austerities. Such people are very apt to be too censorious against those who indulge themselves (temperately) in the use of things indifferent. Each believer must learn his own danger points, and guard against everything that would assail them. Each must learn what it is which he or she most needs to abstain from. (For most of the above we are indebted to a little work by John Mason.)
It is wonderful to find old texts like that still hold incredible relevance for today.
Highest of Blessings to All
Story
20 Jan 2013 - 7:55pm
Your Mind, an Ascended Aspect of the Brain
Melchizedek’s Weekly Message ~ January 20 – 27, 2013
Received by, Julie Miller
January 20, 2013
Welcome dear ones to another spectacular day, a day to share with all of this planet and universe as we are all divinely connected.
The Inner Light that resides within each of you is a deep and profound consciousness that based primarily on an amazing affirmation of your own awareness that is very much alive within the reality you have created; it is something that is unique from any outside physical universe. Through your own ability to dream indicates the neural technology your brain is able to provide in order to accomplish any feat. In addition, the character of your perception gives great indication that your reality creating equipment within your brain becomes active every time you are conscious. When you are in your wakened state, your Inner Reality is created to roughly characterize your physical environment. When you are sleeping and moving within your dream state, your brain is easily considered as being disorganized as it is creating through images a chaotic perception that is not necessarily related to your physical world.
Your human mind is brilliantly constructed and appears in at least two different and distinct ways. In one way, science looks at the mind as being the action of the brain; it is filled with electro-chemical motion in a huge system and network of highly sensitive nerve cells. Yet in another way, you are able to see your SELF as being conscious, very capable of thinking, feelings, and experiencing the world around you. When you see a beautiful flower such a rose and take the time to appreciate its alluring fragrance and beauty, many dear souls at that moment find themselves forgetting recent arguments, by allowing the brief moment of joy to enter their consciousness. Through the rose it is easy for a moment to contemplate life – how easy it can be to feel, think, act and be beautiful in all areas in life. The rose is a wonderful reminder of beauty and love and sometimes the pain that can be discovered through the journey of one’s life. Yet all experiences are to be appreciated as each one provides so many lessons that are fundamental for your over-all growth and development. The many facets of your incredible mind is able to see beyond your physical world where your fine-tuned brain works much differently.
It is essential dear ones to understand what it means to be conscious and to study and observe how it is you are able to understand so many things within this world you call home. Understand dear ones; it is your human mind that intrinsically attempts to comprehend difficult concepts and things through a procedure of breaking down the concept or idea into smaller aspects that are easier to understand. It is a basic approach that many dear souls have implemented and this way has become an important part of their thinking and learning system. Figuring out your problems in this fashion is a process of reduction, which takes complicated material and reduces it into smaller parts which at its fundamental core becomes much more straightforward.
What is important here dear ones is the principle of reduction that allows you to comprehend any complexity you may encounter along your journey by breaking them down into smaller and easier modes of understanding. This method of reduction reaches an end when the complex subject can no longer be broken apart and separated – what is then reached is the new knowledge that you have been able to reach understanding at your own pace in your own way.
Each day you wake into a reality that you have perceived within your basic five senses. It is through these senses you have learned to measure the depth of this reality, just as a thermometer is used to measure temperature. And when you are in-tune you are able to adjust your senses within your 6th sense that will bring you into a deeper understanding of who you are as a fine-tuned human being. It is understood that your mind is the active part of your brain, and within your brain is a highway of electro-chemical activity. Through all the ideas that you relate with consciousness such as thinking, your emotions and memory function all are derived from complex, mechanical-like procedures within your physical body.
How exquisite and complex your brain is formed. Your brain is intricate. Many scientists look at the mind as an ascending aspect of the brain, just without the raw material of the brain. The mind is then considered as information, not necessarily as a component of reality.
Many dear souls when they think of the mind they comprehend this as a unified aspect that cannot be broken in many components in the process of reduction. Through self-examination and self-discovery many are able to experience a quality of sensations even though the sense of taste, the colour description of the sky and what pain feels like. Thoughts tend to be semantic which means in simpler terms that they bring meaning and importance that can quickly go beyond normal words, meanings, and form of vocabulary. Within your ability to freely think and act, you are provided with the capability to control your mind and body through Will and Discipline you are able to accomplish much along your journey.
These are areas where each of you are familiar with. You are defined by your actions, thoughts and experiences. There are many times through conversations a dear soul fully expects what they are saying will be completely understood. Introspectively this can accumulate into a problem, especially when the one doing the conversing is “expecting” to be understood. Always be prepared dear ones for someone to not understand or someone who is only listening to themselves and is not ready to hear what you have to say regardless of how truthful and wise it may be. When trying to explain your mind as being unified to a scientist you may find yourself battling theories that may contradict one another or at least bring frustration into the picture. To a scientist’s perspective, the mind is very far from being unified, as it is the relationship of over one hundred billion nerve cells. Scientists cannot see the spirituality behind the mind, but this is beginning to change at a slow pace, but it is still a developmental growth to be appreciated.
Even though the scientist cannot objectively see through their highly trained methods for measuring many concepts and ideas that you see through your understanding of the mind, it is understood that what they may not be able to comprehend is very real to you, and what you are able to perceive through your mind is real to you and they are fundamental to defining who you are not just as a person, but as a being of Light.
There will always be mysteries about your brain and its operations within the mind and physical body. You will continue to observe all things and when you do not understand you will either choose to ignore learning something new or go through the necessary steps required that will bring you to the opportunities to acquire additional knowledge and to consolidate your findings with the information you have obtained so far along your journey.
We encourage each of you to delve into more elements of your reality, learn the scientific approach by breaking down the concepts into easier and much more digestible form. You will see dear ones a relationship between the brain and mind that is both complex and simple and is part of each of you. Your hearts are already open, but it is your mind that must expand beyond the Ego and your normal boundaries. Keep reaching dear ones, go beyond the stars and come home to the Oneness of your perfect heart and soul and see your beautiful Inner-Light shine outward. Know dear ones your heart and soul is infinitely intertwined with the all living things and with our loving Heavenly Father. Do not rush your journey, take the time to appreciate the blessings and miracles that surround you each and every day, give yourself time to enjoy each waking step.
I AM Melchizedek through Julie Miller
Teaching
20 Jan 2013 - 11:48am
Create Happiness in One Step
http://pathwaytohappiness.com/create_happiness.htm
There is one step to creating happiness. It is to express love. When you express the emotion of love you create happiness and joy within yourself. Happiness is not just a state of mind. Happiness is also a state of emotion.
Psychologists study happiness like it is a mysterious phenomenon. They suggest things like work in a meaningful career, spend time with friends, and take time to savor the day as a means to increase happiness. Why do these things show up as activities to do if you want to be happy? It’s not because they actually make you happy. They cultivate happiness because people express love while doing them. They express love for their friends and family, they express love for work and activities they find meaningful. When people express love they are happy.
It is easy to overlook our critical role of expressing emotion in creating our happiness. We are inclined to think of our emotions as a response to people and material things. One simple way this happens is that we hypnotize ourselves with words such as “He/She makes me happy.” Even the phrase, “I’m so happy you came to visit me.” can have an implied mental assumption that our emotions are because of them.
The part we didn’t see is that we expressed love for the person that came to see us. Where did that emotion of love come from? We created it. Emotions are invisible to our eyes and so we overlook where they are coming from. Yet the truth is that we create them ourselves. We can perceive other people’s emotions, but more than 95% of what we feel emotionally is from what we create.
The person that visited us is just a trigger for us to create and express love for them. We then experience joy from the love we express for people; not because of them. It is often easier for us to love some people more than others. This supports the false assumption that they make us happy. What it doesn’t take into account is how the beliefs and perceptions in our mind cause us to express love to some people and less than others.
What about all the things that seem to make us happy?
If we are enjoying music, it is not the music that makes us happy. It is the expression of our love for the music that creates our joy. If we are happy in our job or career, it is not the job that makes us happy. The expression of our love for what we do creates the experience of happiness. If we are enjoying a beautiful day, it is not the day that is flooding us with emotions. It is our love for the experience of the day that we are flooded with.
The one underlying act that determines your happiness is the expression of your love coming out of you.
Do we really create our emotions? Try this experiment to find out for yourself. Think of a joyous memory in your past. Perhaps it is a person or an event that “brings” you great joy. Immerse yourself in the feeling. You can also use unhappy memories that trigger you to create unpleasant emotions. The memories are the triggers, but you are the one creating the emotions. Where and how you focus your attention and interpret experiences in your mind are the major factor in triggering what emotions you create.
Over the years our mind has built a program between outside triggers and the emotions we express. If we win a game, we express joy. If we lose the game, we express disappointment. Get a raise, promotion, or buy something we want, we express emotions based in love. Get fired, lose money, or lose something valuable, we express fear, anger, or disappointment. These are triggers to withhold the expression of love.
As long as you have artificial criteria in the mind your happiness will be dependent on external factors. Common criteria in the mind can be what other people think of you, material things, or what your body looks like. It is by satisfying the criteria in the mind that most people engage in the pursuit of happiness. People try harder to win more games, make more money, or to have people like them. This approach is also why most people find their happiness to be fleeting. They continually have to chase the next criteria their mind comes up with.
Truly lasting happiness is yours when you have the self awareness to choose the criteria in your mind and change it at will. With self-mastery you are able to choose the emotion you express in each moment. When you have this level of self-mastery the obvious choice is to express love. The Dalai Llama is a well known public figure that demonstrates this mastery of expressing love.
We often associate this kind of mastery over the mind with spiritual people. But it is actually something that you can master without having to move to an ashram in India. If you have expressed love for your children, a friend, spouse, or a pet, you have already exercised the necessary emotional muscles that it takes. Now all that is required is some practice and some shifting of the criteria in the mind.
Happiness is a relatively new field for psychology, as they have only been looking at it for a few decades. Academics will have a difficult time understanding happiness. Science doesn’t take into account what it can’t measure. And science can’t measure emotions, or how they are created. They also have difficulty detecting the beliefs in the mind that form the criteria for expressing emotions. Through interviews and surveys they can only get second-hand information about these unseen aspects.
If psychology studies happiness based on surveys of normal folks they will end up with answers about happiness from people who pursue it. However, if psychologists study happiness from people who have self-mastery over their beliefs they will have conclusions based on people who create happiness through expressing love. This internally created foundation of happiness is a much deeper and lasting version than what the averages person experiences.
Spiritual traditions have been studying happiness, love, fear, and belief systems in the mind for thousands of years. Their esoteric studies have gleaned a great deal more insight into the unseen world of emotions and belief systems than recent academics. Within these spiritual studies there is room for distortions and misinterpretations but at least the knowledge base is much deeper.
Happiness is not a mystery to solve or secret to be revealed in order to be experienced. It is so simple that just about any child can model it even if they can’t explain it. Happiness is a feeling created by the expression of your love coming out of you. When your love is coming out of you, you are happy. If you express emotions of fear and anger, you will experience fear and anger. How you feel is determined by the emotions you create.
The reasons you create different emotions at different times is because of beliefs in the mind that respond to different triggers. Those beliefs are the artificial criteria telling us not to love, or that it is not safe to love.
If we limit the expression of love by the criteria in the mind, we limit the happiness and joy in our life. Being aware that we create our emotions and that we can change the criteria in our mind is a big shift in responsibility and power over our happiness.
Expressing love is the one step to happiness. Our mind may have a lot of different criteria that has to be met before we allow ourselves to be happy, but those can be changed. If we change those agreements we can express love for any reason we choose, or even for no reason at all. We can express our love just because we enjoy the feeling of happiness it creates for our self. This isn't being selfish; it is just doing for yourself what no one else can do for you.
Teaching
20 Jan 2013 - 11:41am
The Pursuit of Happiness
http://pathwaytohappiness.com/pursuit_happiness.htm
The pursuit of happiness seems to be a big deal. Bookshelves and magazines fill volumes with the topic. Even our founding fathers thought it rated a line in the Declaration of Independence. It is part of our natural instinct to pursue happiness. The same way we seek to experience physical pleasure and avoid physical pain, we seek emotional pleasure, and attempt to avoid emotional pain. Our emotional enjoyment, or what we can call happiness, is simply part of human nature.
How pervasive is the pursuit of happiness and emotional well being? It is one of the all encompassing motivations that people have once they meet their survival needs. Abraham Maslow pointed this out a long time ago in his hierarchy of needs. When a person is physically comfortable and no longer driven by fear of starving or freezing to death, emotional pleasure becomes a primary pursuit. Happiness may take many forms but it is the underlying motivator in most our decisions.
Even with a natural instinct, constitutional approval and our best efforts, it seems all too easy to create emotional chaos and unhappiness instead. How does this pursuit of happiness get so distorted and take us in the wrong direction at times? While it is easy to discern between the physical sensations of pleasure and pain, emotions are not always direct. We often have a layer of beliefs in the mind that tend to complicate our sense of enjoyment and pursuit of happiness.
Think about shopping for clothes. Unless we are buying a uniform or a necessary item, we generally buy clothes that we believe will enhance our appearance. When we believe that we look attractive, we feel happier. How we look is just a means to improve how we feel emotionally. We make purchases because we feel good, or assume we will feel good with that purchase. The assumed impact on emotions is the principle motivator behind our decisions.
When we buy a car we want to feel good about the purchase. Feeling good is the end result we seek but there are many paths to get there. One person may worry about safety concerns with children in the car. In order to feel better emotionally they buy a large SUV. Another person may have strong beliefs about the environment and feels better when they satisfy these beliefs. They might buy a hybrid car. A third person may be frugal with their money and think it’s stupid to pay full price for anything. Not wanting to fall into their own belief criteria of being stupid, they buy a used car. Each person’s means to feeling happy about their choice is a completely different path in car buying.
The pursuit of happiness, or feeling emotionally good about the choice, is the principle motivator that was met with three different means. Each person has different assumptions and beliefs they have to meet in order to get to that emotion. For these people it isn’t the car or the clothes that makes them happy. They feel better because they have satisfied the beliefs in the mind. Each person’s emotional happiness is behind a barrier of criteria. If they can meet the criteria in their mind they will reward themselves with pleasurable emotions, at least in the short run. Later, their beliefs may change and then they have to go shopping again.
For the SUV owner maybe it wasn’t so much about being happy as just keeping their fear based thoughts at bay with a bigger car. Remember that a large part of feeling good in the mind is about avoiding what we believe feels painful, or potentially painful. This includes using compensating strategies like a large car to keep emotionally painful fears and beliefs at a distance. Compensating strategies don’t eliminate the fear based beliefs, but people rely on them a lot to keep their fears managed.
Where do most people go to satisfy their pursuit of happiness? They try to satisfy the criteria in their mind that tells them what they have to do in order to feel good. That might also mean doing things to compensate for fears and beliefs of something painful happening. The end goal is happiness and all the beliefs, fears, assumptions, and perceptions in the mind dictate the path. You can find these beliefs hiding behind thoughts or comments like, “Ill be happy when…” or, “I would feel much better if..”
In the pursuit of physical enjoyment we get direct feedback. With emotional enjoyment we often have a barrier of beliefs and assumptions filtering our efforts.
Is there a problem in seeking happiness according to assumptions and beliefs? Not really, unless you have followed the criteria in the mind and your pursuit led to unhappiness. Is it possible that what our mind assumes will make us happy isn’t 100% accurate? Disillusioned career choices, broken hearted relationships, and mid-life crisis indicate that our assumptions about happiness often miss the mark. Most of what we have imbedded in our mind about what makes us happy and unhappy comes from other people or marketing agencies and doesn’t address our individual inspirations.
There are other problems with the approach of chasing the mental assumptions of what will make us happy. What happens when our mind tells us what we have to do to be happy but we haven’t met the mental criteria yet? Suppose we believe we will be so much happier if we lose 15 lbs. Our mind can set up the paradigm to be less happy with our body because we haven’t met the requirements for being happy yet. When we let our belief system determine the criteria for being happy, we also unconsciously define more reasons to be unhappy.
What if the mind’s criteria for feeling better emotionally are dependent on things we can’t control? Perhaps we want a promotion, or recognition at work. We can certainly do things to help our case but we can’t make someone promote us or appreciate us. Our mind now uses these external factors as justifications to conclude that we are not as happy as we could be. We end up unhappy because we can’t change external circumstances. If we don’t change the criteria in our mind we miss our opportunity for happiness.
Our pursuit to feeling better and happier has turned into a struggle to get recognized and promoted. Not because it will really make us happier directly, but because our belief system has set this as the means to an emotional end. We might very well get the promotion, a raise, and recognition only to find out we are not filled with joy. Our pursuit of happiness has turned into a pursuit of assumptions in our belief system. The problem here is that we bought into our false beliefs as being true.
If we aren’t aware of how belief structures limit happiness we are likely to try and change external factors in order to be happy. Trying to change factors we can’t control can lead to us feeling frustrated and powerless.
Achieving and creating happiness generally isn’t accomplished the way the mind thinks it happens. Some people are able to pursue their assumptions and satisfy their belief system in their mind. They consider this success and feel good about their accomplishment. This doesn’t work for everyone. Some people are able to feel happy by satisfying their beliefs. But then their beliefs change and they end up chasing new assumptions thinking it will make them feel better. After a while they get tired of the chase or disheartened because the happiness is not lasting. Some people attempt to satisfy the beliefs in their mind all their life and still never feel fulfilled. Maybe their mind moves the target before they get there. Or maybe, just maybe, there is a greater happiness and fulfillment to be experienced than just satisfying criteria in the mind or compensating for its fears.
The pursuit of happiness is real. It is an authentic and natural desire of our nature. For those that feel a deep emotional yearning, simply meeting the criteria of beliefs about what is supposed to make us feel good doesn’t satisfy this yearning. At a deeper level it becomes about the heart’s desire, or satisfying something at the level of the soul. Answering these desires is much more meaningful and emotionally fulfilling than satisfying the beliefs in the mind.
To create, and live in authentic happiness, you will need to learn not to blindly chase the false beliefs in the mind. You will have to pay closer attention to the end goal of emotion and not jump after the first idea the mind offers as a means to get there. When we go after happiness by satisfying the belief system we have taken our eye off the goal and become attached to assumptions and beliefs in the mind.
A new car, clothes, or losing 15 lbs is just a means to an emotion based on a belief. A belief can change and then the emotion shifts. When you don’t have a handle on your beliefs, becoming happy is a moving target that is likely to get away from you.
The pursuit of happiness is a part of our personal constitution and make up as a living being. It is every human’s birthright and it is within every person’s possibility to achieve. To be successful in your pursuit of happiness you will need to dissolve the assumptions and criteria in the mind that interfere with authentic happiness.
Teaching
20 Jan 2013 - 11:21am
The Formless Cannot Die
http://www.mooji.org/dialogues.html
I am very grateful for your teachings at this time Mooji. My story at the moment is that a tumour is growing in my body. There is also a sense of awareness and calmness. Although this awareness takes me by surprise and is unfamiliar, it feels like Home. During this time I have become more intimate with the body symptoms when they arise. I feel well, and yet I feel so strongly how much the body would like to live. So there is an oscillation, a rocking to and fro of sorts, between the total 'okayness' and the thing being witnessed that really wants to live which is saying to the awareness, "If you really wanted you could do something about this."
Fear comes when I wonder about what will happen at the time of the death of the body. Will it be easier to stay in awareness, or will the body become so noisy that it will be very easy to lose it?
First of all it is not the body that wants to live; it has no desire. It functions until the life force departs from it. This departure is not an accident. Even an accident is not an accident! It is part of the portrayal of the Self as existence - as time and change. You are fortunate that you have come to be more aware of the awareness you are. Now gradually the 'I' self that wants to live, loses significance and power in the light of the newly discovered position of your Self as the true source of all phenomenal appearances. And we are not talking about whatever is going to happen to this tumour or whatever it is that will come up for all of us at some point: No, what we are looking at is the identity itself which grabs at life and is watched within the greater awareness. This is where both the challenge and the invitation lie-for you to continue fixing your attention fully in awareness-being. Not out of fear, but from this position of awareness itself. Everything becomes less significant as they are observed to be only transient phenomena, and through this seeing-understanding a great joy and gratitude for life arises.
When we have a sense that we are going to die, we start to fully live. Your experience has made everything more acute and made you more appreciative of life and, more than this, offers the chance to win Liberation. When you believe you have a lot of time, you start to plan out your existence, thinking ahead into the future: 'On such and such a date in 2014, I'll be having lunch at my sister's place in Peckham.' If we had diaries that went that far we would probably fill them up with plans, but for one who is physically unwell such projections are meaningless and far-fetched. So complications in the body can be a helpful phenomenon, as they bring our attention into the present and free the mind from all these distorted projections and expectations, which do nothing but make us more feeble and dependent. Now, free from such fickle tendencies, consciousness can gather up its strength and is held inside awareness itself as silence, peace, wisdom and love-the unity of being. What beauty!
You see... somehow it is a gift. Many people who become very sick, especially the ones who are told they have a terminal condition, start to live a second life... becoming very sensitive, deep, introspective and broader in their approach to life. They become very open inwardly and tend to use this new aliveness to find the undying Being they truly are. They don't know what the outcome is going to be and as they progress further into their introspection, into their real nature, they come to care less about any outcome. Somehow when the mind merges in awareness, it is the greatest thing that can happen for a human being-even for their physical health. Finally, the light of freedom comes to shine upon the worrying mind and transforms this sorrowful state from being constantly stressed, which intensifies the state of illness itself, into radiant happiness, peace and openness.
[Questioner laughs]
When you are the Self, one real day as the Self is greater than years of ignorant living. One real day lived in consciousness of your own Self is of greater value, of more power and joy than all the years spent just passing time...pursuing the fickle projections of the egoic mind...falling in love and becoming attached to transience. The introduction to a higher life which you have received inside your heart is coming to fruition now. You accepted this opportunity.
Wherever you've come from, your beingness has brought you here to be reminded that you are no one in particular, and to enjoy the immensity of your true Being. Somewhere inside there comes, we don't know how, but there comes an intuitive knowing that you have no beginning and no end. And no university in the world can teach you this. It sprouts out of your own being unexpectedly and grows into the profound understanding spontaneously.
Thankfully, you don't have to write a thesis about this, for there is really no way anyone can convey this to the ego-identified mind. It's a deep knowing and it's enough like this: Somehow, something begins to relax, to pull away from this habit to get, grab and amass as much experience as one can. This is the reflex of the ego-centred mind.
If you believe yourself to be merely body-mind then your life is going to feel like a burning candle. Right from the beginning we know that it has an end. It will have an end whether we're conscious of this or not and at some level, maybe subconsciously, there's a subtle trauma in the human psyche because of this knowing-that there is an end to 'me'. But there cannot be an end to what really Is, and we're here to find That as a living fact. Finding it is finding your own Self, it is not merely belief. It is something more powerful than even conviction, that inner knowing that kills death itself.
At the moment when the body dies, is that inner knowing... is it... very strong?
Why not now? Even now you are being shown this thing. Even now you can see that from time to time something comes up to reveal this timeless truth.
There is a story about Ramana Maharshi. When he was a young boy of about 15 years old, he happen to be visiting his Uncle's home when suddenly a strong fear came over him. He felt convinced he was going to die. The feeling was so strong, and there was no one for him to call for help, no one to hold him. He was entirely on his own. So he said to himself, "Well okay if I'm going to die..." And of course in India most people, even children, see dead bodies-so he actually laid down on the ground, assumed the posture of a corpse and just waited for death to happen. He thought, 'If I'm going to die, I want to be able to witness it as much as I can and for as long as I can.' And he could sense: 'It's coming!' But at the same time a flash of something else arose within him, a sudden insight and a deep knowing that although this body was going to die, the watching of what was happening in the body, the awareness of what was taking place-This formless thing cannot die!
It wasn't that he figured it out because he had been thinking about it scientifically-it came as such a powerful intuitive insight that immediately all fear disappeared. Many years later death for the body did come. That one who saw that death is not what it's been portrayed to be inside the mind, where is he now? What happens when the body falls away? It varies according to where your consciousness is located; it is not one common experience.
Someone once asked me, "What happened after your master died?" I said, "The master does not die. It is only the mister that dies. The master-that satguru within, alone is real." When death comes for the body, all the ideas we have about who we are will go like they do every night when we go into deep sleep. Only the body doesn't die and wakes up as the waking state we call life. Cherished ideas come back in again and the page called time is turned to another day.
Use this time while the body is still warm to completely find out: 'Who am I? What exactly is this 'I' feeling that arises in this body so profoundly?' These are the most powerful and auspicious questions when asked with the pure intention of discovering truth. All other questions are objective in nature and can be satisfied with objective answers. 'Who or what is the 'I' that is operating as the perceiving centre inside the body? Where did it come from? It is clearly perceivable, therefore it also must be a phenomenon, by what is it perceived?' These are not merely mental or objective questions but rather, they are subjective inquiries that can only be satisfied by subjective, intuitive and confirmed insights or revelations arising from the source of one's being. These questions and introspections are the master key to the understanding and recognition of the pure imperishable Self we truly are.
Therefore one who seeks truth will identify and swiftly abandon or avoid all lesser knowledge and so bring the full focus of attention to bear on the discovery of That which alone is perfect, immutable and holy.
Blog entry
20 Jan 2013 - 1:59am
Since we turned the corner on Dec 21, 2012, I've seen noticeable changes in my life, and thought I'd comment about them here.
I see a clear road ahead. No obstacles or roadblocks put in our way by anyone other than ourselves. I was born in 1950 and the energy at that time was extremely dense, with plenty of roadblocks in our way of advancement. In my opinion, life was very hard, with all the heavy lifting we had to do to help lighten up the planet. I didn't enjoy that period of my life much at all.
But now things have changed. That denseness and heaviness is gone. In its place is clear sailing ahead. But the problem now is that no one knows what to do. No one really knows how to create this New World, and the main reason is that there is no precedent for it. We're not following in someone else's footprints. We are creating a new path, and it's our footprints that others are going to be following.
Kind of an awesome responsibility, really. And exciting!
I'm retired now so I have time to delve into this new responsibility, and I'm enjoying it immensely. I've made the following comments in various channeling sections, but I'm putting them all together here to share with anyone who cares to read this.
I have experienced some really cool visions. In a dreamstate vision I saw millions and millions of whitish etheric balloon-like floating objects high up all across the daytime sky. I wasn't alone, but in a neighborhood where many people were outside looking up at the incredible sight. The beautiful thing was that no one was afraid; everyone was awestruck! It was a mesmerizing sight. I interpreted the meaning of that vision to be that if behind the scenes spiritual information is revealed to us in these types of non-threatening, awe-inspiring ways, people won't be afraid, and will start to realize that there is much more going on in our reality than meets the eye, and start turning their vision inside themselves for answers.
Another vision I had was one of sticking my head through the veil and looking at 5D, only what I saw was "nothing" on the other side. What I interpreted that to mean was that what I saw was the field of pure potential, and the reason there was no form inside it was because we have yet to create those forms, starting with our imaginations. The beautiful thing about what I saw was that there were no obstructions, no roadblocks to what we can create. As I mentioned above, in 5D it's pure sailing ahead.
Another vision I had was a dreamvision, where I was floating in a very beautiful blue stream of water, and it was wending its way through some very beautiful undulating green green hills. I was in the "flow" of my creation, feeling very calm and enjoying the journey, but up ahead I saw some turbulence in the water, and rather than proceed to see what would transpire, I became "concerned." So I looked behind me to see if I could go back that way, but I also saw some turbulence in the water in that direction as well, so I just got out of the water. I stopped the creation because I had fear. I interpreted this to mean that we really are in charge of what we do in life, and if there are any obstacles we find in the way, it's ourselves who placed them there. Examining our fears, our thoughts, our feelings, our beliefs and then throwing out the ones that no longer serve us is in order before we can make much inroad into 5D.
Another thing I've done is to create an etheric tree in my favorite park. I go to a public park frequently, and it's a small park, but I was sitting on a park bench, and I decided that I wanted to create a HUGE etheric tree right in the middle of the park. I love trees, I love their groundedness, their stability, their healing qualities, and I wanted to have that in "my park" for me and for everyone to be beneficially affected by it. The minute I created my tree, I felt a deep heart connection to it. And I can be anywhere in the city, but when I think of my tree, I am there, sitting at the park, basking in its wonderful balanced energy, and I feel good. I feel the heart connection.
So as my tree is radiating love and all its other tree qualities, today I also created an etheric lighthouse right in the middle of the parking lot. The lighthouse is radiating a constant circle of Light. I live in a valley, so along with the HUGE tree and the Lighthouse, love and light are constantly circulating around in it from these etheric creations of mine.
Do I know exactly what I'm doing? No, but I love to create, and I love adventures, and I'm pretty good at listening to my inner guidance, and I'm very in touch with the inner me, so I'm experimenting with all these "tools" that I have at my disposal. My intention is to create the type of world that I want to live in.
What is it that you would like to create in your life, and bring to form inside the 5D "field of pure potential"?
Blog entry
20 Jan 2013 - 1:51am
Published on 19 Jan 2013 by PeterSiNeh
If you feel abandoned or cut off from Spirit, know that it is always there for you waiting for you to plug back in.
_/|\_NAMASKAR_/|\_
SiNeh~
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 8:18pm
At a time when intentions manifest at warp speed and our every expression reflects our inner world with perfect transparency, it is a good time to visit the beliefs that determine the shape and form of the realities we manifest. Our beliefs narrow or expand our field of potentials and determine the timelines we will move along. As we move further into the new time, the power of our beliefs becomes more profound than ever before.
Beliefs are filters we place on reality. Everyone holds beliefs about themselves, about others, the nature of reality and the universe. Some beliefs empower us while others disempower us. The good news is that it’s just as easy to hold an empowering belief as it is to hold a disempowering one. It’s just as easy to believe in a world that radiates the unlimited love and blessings of spirit as it is to believe in a world where pain, suffering and struggle are our fate.
Shining the Light of Awareness on Beliefs
You can examine your beliefs to see if you hold any that are holding you down. For a time you may choose to become a detective of your life to shine the light of your awareness on your beliefs. Ask yourself what you believe about your potentials and your love-ability. Ask yourself what you believe you deserve.
It is also helpful to ask yourself how you see others and the world around you. Do you believe others love and support you, or do you believe others use you toward their own ends and abandon you when you need them most? Do you believe the saying that ‘no good deed goes unpunished’ or do you believe the good you do returns to you tenfold?
Do you believe in the divine wisdom of the universe or do you believe you are a hapless pawn in the hands of a hostile and punishing god? Are you a victim or an empowered being who creates your own realities? The identities you hold offer important clues to your beliefs.
Your Beliefs are Real and True for You
Any belief you hold is real and true for you. If you believe you're unloved, you will live your life as if this is true. If you believe you're loved for the unique qualities you possess as a human being, you will feel loved and you will live your life accordingly. When you feel loved you will love. When you love, you open the door for more love to flow into your life.
Testing the Beliefs you Hold
There are some simple tests you can apply to your beliefs. One way to tell if you have beliefs that don't serve you is to hold a belief in awareness and ask yourself if the belief empowers you to reach the highest and best in the universe or does it bind you to dense realities that limit and disempower you? Pay attention to your feeling state when you focus on the realities your beliefs create. Do you feel angry or agitated or do you feel happy and at peace?
Here is another test. Imagine you're holding a belief in your hand. Does it feel heavy and leaden or do you feel yourself lift off the ground as you hold it? What brings you down is a belief you can let go of. What lifts you up is a belief that holds the power to lift you to your highest potentials.
Everyone Deserves Love
One reason some hold disempowering beliefs is that they feel they don't deserve to be loved and empowered. Unfortunately this is a core belief that can disable a lot of empowering beliefs. The solution to this is simple: adopt the belief that each person, as a spark of spirit, is deserving of the best the universe has to offer. Each person inherently deserves unconditional love and the blessings of the universe. So long as you sincerely believe good things are the birthright of every person, you'll be able to extend this belief to yourself as well. When you believe you deserve the best the universe has to offer, each day becomes a joyful journey along timelines where you experience ever expanding realms of love and bliss.
For more on timeline and identity shifts, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 8:14pm
In a rapidly evolving world, the only reliable way to navigate is through spiritual telepathy. In this New Time, you will encounter many new energies, ideas and challenges. The best way to navigate these scenarios is by maintaining constant, direct telepathy with your higher self. Your higher self and its repertoire of "past" and "future" life selves contains the vast wealth of knowledge and spiritual understanding your soul has cultivated throughout time. Each time you encounter a new situation, you're able to formulate a question and receive immediate answers from your higher self. Once you receive this information, you can fashion it into the tools needed to navigate whatever is before you in your present moment. Spiritual telepathy allows you to meet each new situation in your life with the enthusiasm and confidence needed to transform it into the golden opportunities and spiritual signposts that enlighten your spiritual path and allow greater access to fifth-dimensional energies.
W offer here some steps to developing spiritual telepathy.
1) Write down and interpret your dreams every morning. Dreams are messages from your higher self that provide you with important information for your day.
2) Interpret your waking dream. Just as you translate dream symbols, you can translate the symbols of your waking "dream." Everything that happens in your physical reality is pointing the way to deeper spiritual truths
3) Follow your highest vision. Record the images that arrive in your conscious mind and see how you can put them to use in your life.
4) Write your spiritual autobiography and examine the symbols of each occurrence,especially those you still hold energy around. By seeing how a situation was helping you grow, you’re able to receive the gifts it offered and expand your understanding.
5) Eat a light and healthy diet that helps heal and clear old energies in your physical system. Detoxing at the physical level triggers healing at all levels. Clearing up the energy in your environment is another form of healing. Examine to see if there is any dead energy in your environment and release everything that no longer serves your highest good.
6) Practice silence and meditation. Set aside time each day when you can slow down, breathe and reflect. This helps you cultivate inner peace and the stillness of mind that is crucial to receiving spiritual guidance.
7) Practice Q and A's with your higher self. By writing down questions and using techniques such as automatic writing to receive answers, you strengthen your skill at communicating with your higher self. One of the keys to developing spiritual telepathy is learning to formulate questions that bring the information you need within the moment. Formulating questions requires clear seeing, intuition and discernment. Cultivate these skills to help you know what questions to ask. Questions are the gatekeepers to receiving spiritual insight with impeccable timing.
8) Open to the possibility of cultivating advanced techniques for receiving spiritual guidance such as channeling. Conscious channeling is a skill you can practice by opening your consciousness, entering a light trance and allowing your guides, angels, higher self and other high-vibrational beings to speak through you. To free your conscious mind from the need to remember what is said, you can speak the answers
into a tape recorder.
9) Study self-hypnosis and learn to put yourself into a light trance where answers freely from flow into your consciousness. As you become skilled at entering a trance, you can slip in and out of this state throughout your day. This "soft focus" state allows you to download messages from your "etheric email" account. The equivalent of this in your physical world is downloading your e-mail from a server. In this case
the "server" is your subconscious mind which receives the information from your higher self.
10) Practice relaxation and other techniques such as yoga and t'ai chi that help you coordinate and harmonize body, mind and spirit. This allows you to function in the state of oneness needed to navigate the fifth dimension.
Excerpt from The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness
By DL Zeta http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 8:08pm
Your present life is holographic in nature. A single life is to the arc of lifetimes as a drop of water is to the ocean. There is much you can learn about your past and future life selves by developing awareness of the parts of your self that play a dominant role in your current life. At any given time, according to your current needs and life circumstances, an "aspect" of your higher self is informing and advising your present-moment self. Many are not aware when these changeovers in spiritual advisers take place, but they are often aware when a sudden "change of heart" or change in direction takes place in their lives.
If your present consciousness is deeply entrenched with your current identity, these changeovers in spiritual guidance can be dramatic. Any resistance to change slows spiritual progress. Over time, one of two scenarios takes place in a given life. In one scenario, the conscious mind expands its spiritual awareness to embrace these changeovers, which paves the way for spiritual growth and communion. In the second scenario, the conscious mind becomes increasingly resistant to spiritual evolution. In this instance, the soul begins to "phase out" the incarnation by slowly cutting off the flow of life force to the body. Sometimes an individual faced with a life-threatening illness awakens to the need for spiritual growth and begins progressing again. At this point, the soul often chooses to "re-instate" life force to the incarnation. This is when remissions and "miracles" occur.
Embracing "Changeovers" in Spiritual Guidance
To be able to fulfill your spiritual purpose, it's important to set welcome and embrace each new aspect of your "self" you encounter. A new aspects arrives on the horizon of your awareness to guide and assist you to your next stage of growth. You can begin a dialog with each new guiding entity to learn more about it. Often it is possible to learn if this is a past or future self where it resides in time. These advising selves are aspects of your inner spiritual community for your present life, just as your past and future life selves represent the spiritual community of your soul. Each life mirrors all other lifetimes and contains within it the possibility for inner communion and homecoming.
Excerpt from Portals of Spirit: Multidimensional Doorways for Healing and Transformation by DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-portals-of-spirit-ebook-by/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org
Add point
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 7:33pm
I listened to a few people (astrologers, channelers, bloggers) make predictions for 2013 and I'm sharing in this blog post my take on 2013 predictions and what I feel are the most important themes to consider regarding this year.
Basically, what I've seen is that there aren't a whole lot of wonderful, lovey-dovey, fluffy predictions for this year. One person (Mike Adams of NaturalNews.com) predicted a number of unpleasant events happening in the U.S. over the next three years, that have to do with our rights being eroded here. Another person, a channeler, is spreading the message that it will take about "two and a half generations to fully integrate the New Paradigm." (How does she know? Well, actually she doesn't; she's just guessing.)
From what I understand of this time period (meaning, after December 21, 2012), we are more oriented towards the Light than not right now. In my eBook, Activating 2012: A Practical Guide I explain that the astronomy shows that the planet's "GPS" is now oriented towards galactic light--which is good news. Of course this does not mean that life on this planet will now all of a sudden become hunky-dory, but that the guidance system of this planet is now oriented towards the Light (whereas before, it was actually oriented away from the light, toward the dark).
I understand that there will be many challenging events still to come on this planet, but the good news is that these events are actually helping to activate positive change; they are helping to awaken the people, even if sometimes it does not feel good or it seems slow, like one individual at a time. For example, my awakening process did not happen because I had heard about the wonderful "New Age" that was upon us. Rather, it kicked in because of some painful, confusing events that happened in my life over 10 years ago, that I couldn't explain with the framework I had at the time. The other good news is, the scales are finally tipped in favor of the light. (Whereas before, if you look at the collective experience, one could say that the "dark" has had the "upper hand," has been "winning" for quite a long time.)
All this is good news, but what does this mean for the individual? It means that now, more than ever, we need to follow our inner guidance system, the "internal compass" that's oriented toward the light--which is our higher self. The individual must follow his or her own inner guidance to fulfill his or her potential.
This is indeed the message of a couple of the astrologers I have listened to earlier this month: In 2013 it is extremely important that we seek the light and have our actions be guided by the light. If you seek the light (by "light" I mean your higher self, your soul, your higher consciousness, higher awareness, greater connection with Source and truth) and muster up the courage to align your life with that light, you will be supported by the Universe, you will receive guidance when you need it, you will get clearer and it will get easier for you. It will be easier to fulfill your potential. In other words, those who seek the higher path will receive more support from the Universe than those who just go along with the status quo or societal pressure.
The following is an example of a very simple but empowering change one can make--thanks to a former client of mine that I ran into at Trader Joe's earlier this week. Mitchell is a local businessman, about 60 years old, who has completely changed how he eats: no more gluten, the dairy is gone, no processed junk, and no hormone beef. He’s been juicing vegetables and eating "natural" and in a few months, he lost 35 pounds. His goal is to get off all medication, including blood pressure medication. He’s off of cholesterol medication, as his cholesterol went down enough, and he’s been testing himself to see what's responsible for reducing his cholesterol. (He’s not just blindly following doctor’s orders, he's experimenting and testing himself, he said.)
What motivated him to change his habits is personal pain, the ultimate motivator. He had realized that he and his friends who are his age all had the same complaints: an extended belly, an extra 30 to 40 pounds or more, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, gout and other unpleasant symptoms and he decided to “cross that bridge” and do something about it. He’s not particularly “spiritual” or a light-worker, but this is how we create a new world, by beginning to change the things we can change; we begin where we are. When we do this we become more empowered, and we are closer to reaching our potential.
If you are a light-worker, if you consider yourself more aware than the average person, the following message is for you: one of the astrologers I listened to advises that we take our higher work seriously this year. 2013 is the year of great potential, it's the year to take your higher purpose seriously--by setting your goals for this year by the end of January and then making agreements with yourself and others that will help you manifest your goals. (If you don't know how to make your goals happen, ask the Universe for guidance on the how-to and you will receive the right guidance so that you achieve the results and receive the rewards.)
When we as individuals follow our inner guidance, eventually we will have greater light manifest in the larger world. When you are fully doing your higher purpose, you won't worry so much about what's going on in the outer collective. (You will have the inner understanding that what's happening in the world is for the greatest growth and learning and transformation of all.)
So yes, it will take some time to transform every corner of this planet, but when you're on your path fully and the amazing synchronicities and favorable events begin to occur, it will become obvious to you that you have crossed over the threshold into the age of light--and it will become that much easier to help others around you as well.
Christine Hoeflich is a former engineer, an author of two books and a blogger. Her blog is, "The Great Shift, Your Higher Self and the Divine Plan." She lives in the SF South Bay Area of California.
Blog entry
19 Jan 2013 - 7:30pm
I listened to a few people (astrologers, channelers, bloggers) make predictions for 2013 and I'm sharing in this blog post my take on 2013 predictions and what I feel are the most important themes to consider regarding this year.
Basically, what I've seen is that there aren't a whole lot of wonderful, lovey-dovey, fluffy predictions for this year. One person (Mike Adams of NaturalNews.com) predicted a number of unpleasant events happening in the U.S. over the next three years, that have to do with our rights being eroded here. Another person, a channeler, is spreading the message that it will take about "two and a half generations to fully integrate the New Paradigm." (How does she know? Well, actually she doesn't; she's just guessing.)
From what I understand of this time period (meaning, after December 21, 2012), we are more oriented towards the Light than not right now. In my eBook, Activating 2012: A Practical Guide I explain that the astronomy shows that the planet's "GPS" is now oriented towards galactic light--which is good news. Of course this does not mean that life on this planet will now all of a sudden become hunky-dory, but that the guidance system of this planet is now oriented towards the Light (whereas before, it was actually oriented away from the light, toward the dark).
I understand that there will be many challenging events still to come on this planet, but the good news is that these events are actually helping to activate positive change; they are helping to awaken the people, even if sometimes it does not feel good or it seems slow, like one individual at a time. For example, my awakening process did not happen because I had heard about the wonderful "New Age" that was upon us. Rather, it kicked in because of some painful, confusing events that happened in my life over 10 years ago, that I couldn't explain with the framework I had at the time. The other good news is, the scales are finally tipped in favor of the light. (Whereas before, if you look at the collective experience, one could say that the "dark" has had the "upper hand," has been "winning" for quite a long time.)
All this is good news, but what does this mean for the individual? It means that now, more than ever, we need to follow our inner guidance system, the "internal compass" that's oriented toward the light--which is our higher self. The individual must follow his or her own inner guidance to fulfill his or her potential.
This is indeed the message of a couple of the astrologers I have listened to earlier this month: In 2013 it is extremely important that we seek the light and have our actions be guided by the light. If you seek the light (by "light" I mean your higher self, your soul, your higher consciousness, higher awareness, greater connection with Source and truth) and muster up the courage to align your life with that light, you will be supported by the Universe, you will receive guidance when you need it, you will get clearer and it will get easier for you. It will be easier to fulfill your potential. In other words, those who seek the higher path will receive more support from the Universe than those who just go along with the status quo or societal pressure.
The following is an example of a very simple but empowering change one can make--thanks to a former client of mine that I ran into at Trader Joe's earlier this week. Mitchell is a local businessman, about 60 years old, who has completely changed how he eats: no more gluten, the dairy is gone, no processed junk, and no hormone beef. He’s been juicing vegetables and eating "natural" and in a few months, he lost 35 pounds. His goal is to get off all medication, including blood pressure medication. He’s off of cholesterol medication, as his cholesterol went down enough, and he’s been testing himself to see what's responsible for reducing his cholesterol. (He’s not just blindly following doctor’s orders, he's experimenting and testing himself, he said.)
What motivated him to change his habits is personal pain, the ultimate motivator. He had realized that he and his friends who are his age all had the same complaints: an extended belly, an extra 30 to 40 pounds or more, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, gout and other unpleasant symptoms and he decided to “cross that bridge” and do something about it. He’s not particularly “spiritual” or a light-worker, but this is how we create a new world, by beginning to change the things we can change; we begin where we are. When we do this we become more empowered, and we are closer to reaching our potential.
If you are a light-worker, if you consider yourself more aware than the average person, the following message is for you: one of the astrologers I listened to advises that we take our higher work seriously this year. 2013 is the year of great potential, it's the year to take your higher purpose seriously--by setting your goals for this year by the end of January and then making agreements with yourself and others that will help you manifest your goals. (If you don't know how to make your goals happen, ask the Universe for guidance on the how-to and you will receive the right guidance so that you achieve the results and receive the rewards.)
When we as individuals follow our inner guidance, eventually we will have greater light manifest in the larger world. When you are fully doing your higher purpose, you won't worry so much about what's going on in the outer collective. (You will have the inner understanding that what's happening in the world is for the greatest growth and learning and transformation of all.)
So yes, it will take some time to transform every corner of this planet, but when you're on your path fully and the amazing synchronicities and favorable events begin to occur, it will become obvious to you that you have crossed over the threshold into the age of light--and it will become that much easier to help others around you as well.
Christine Hoeflich is a former engineer, an author of two books and a blogger. Her blog is, "The Great Shift, Your Higher Self and the Divine Plan." She lives in the SF South Bay Area of California.
Story
19 Jan 2013 - 6:19pm
Constant energy shifts in recent years brought many lightworkers through level after level of clearing and transformation. It’s understandable at times to become overwhelmed, exhausted and even disappointed when the result of our efforts fails to match our visions.
Gratitude and Appreciation Nurture our Highest Visions
The passage now before us is best navigated with a high degree of gratitude and appreciation. Central to this is remembering to celebrate regardless of what is before us. The present moment is a reflection of our past understandings and our past creations borne of those understandings. We learn and benefit from the realities we create in ways impossible to measure or quantify. It is always important to express gratitude for the efforts of our past selves and the lessons they brought us. Gratitude is the rich soil that nourishes our visions for the future and allows them to thrive.
Our Energetic Radiance Transports us to New Timelines
Our creations are imbued with the essence of our thoughts, beliefs, and actions. These ingredients determine the energy we radiate. Our energetic radiance will either transport us to timelines where we experience increasingly radiant frequencies of joy and love or it will transport us to timelines where we experience increasingly dense and unpleasant situations.
Regardless of what we have experienced in the past, we can begin now in the present moment making choices that transport us to high-vibrational timelines. We can do this right now by choosing to celebrate…no matter what.
Choosing to Celebrate…No Matter What
Celebrating…no matter what at times involves grasping hold even of the tiniest sliver of joy that exists within this moment. If we look for positive signs and omens around us, we will find them. If we open to others' words of encouragement, we will hear them spoken. Even those situations that challenge us to our core contain doorways into a brighter future. When we accept whatever shows up in our life, we're able to start transforming lower-vibrational situations to the stuff of our highest visions.
The Practice of Celebrating Triggers Waves of Success
When we make a daily practice of celebrating, we're able over time to build what appears to be a wave of success. Seeming waves of success are actually a collection of moments when we activate high-vibrational timelines through our daily choices to celebrate life.
A wave of success is set in motion in an infinite number of ways. It can come through the doorway of random acts of kindness, rescuing abandoned animals, assisting an elderly neighbor, donating your time or money to a charity, helping a stranger in need, taking steps to improve your health or developing an intuitive skill that assists others. The list is endless and only limited by your imagination. Any time you freely share the gift of your light, anytime you love unconditionally, anytime you choose to see the silver lining in a difficult situation, anytime you choose to forgive another who has caused you pain, you radiate positive energy.
Daily Rituals to Activate Positive Frequencies
It is helpful to create daily rituals to help you tune into positive frequencies. Celebration rituals can be anything that uplifts your spirit and helps anchor positive energies to your present moment. These can include meditation, breathwork, sitting in silence and gratitude to acknowledge the blessings in your life, journaling, yoga, t’ai chi, prayer, working with crystals and other energy enhancers, walks in nature or spending time nurturing animals. Whatever we do daily that lifts our spirit and nurtures the spark of spirit within us is a positive ritual.
Radiating Negative Energy Opens us to Negative Thought Viruses and Illness
The alternative to celebrating life is choosing to focus on what is wrong with the present moment. This can cause one to tune into negative realities and timelines. Focusing on the negative opens one's energies to free-floating negative thought viruses that attach themselves to the energy field. When we radiate negative energy we become a sending and receiving station for native energies. This creates the causes of an increasingly downward spiral that transports us to lower-vibrational timelines where we experience setbacks, obstacles, illness and other densities.
For example, if you become angry and frustrated at another person and yell at them, this creates an energy that guarantees some sort of problem will follow. The energy we radiate always returns to us like a boomerang in some way. Over time, if we act out against others or harm others - including animals and the environment - we set up a wave of problems hurtling in our direction. These waves of negativity anchor us to a murky bog of low-vibrational realities.
Freeing Ourselves from Enslavement to Specific Outcomes
As long as your happiness is contingent on everything going your way, you will be a slave to circumstance. A negative response to unwanted outcomes can activate timelines where unpleasant scenarios flourish. When you choose to celebrate…no matter what, you free yourself to levitate above the need for specific outcomes. Paradoxically, when you become free from needing a specific outcome, you invariably find yourself transported to positive timelines beyond anything you previously imagined. When we celebrate life, we open the door for the universe to bring us outcomes that transport us to timelines aligned with the frequency of celebration.
Regardless of what we have created in the past, we always hold the power to transform our circumstances within any moment by choosing to celebrate the blessing of another moment and another opportunity to awaken to deeper levels of unconditional love.
Remembering to Celebrate is a Skill
Refrain from judgment if your path to celebration is checkered with lapses to negativity. We are here to learn and develop skills that allow us to become the eyes and ears, the hands and feet of spirit on earth. As we become adept in these skills, we teach them to others. Within every moment we awaken anew and remember we have the choice to celebrate rather than fall to deeper densities. Some moments carry energies that trigger painful awarenesses and we forget to celebrate. This will always be the case. However, as we develop our skill at remembering to celebrate, our lapses are shorter-lived and provide traction for life-affirming choices. The further we move along the path of celebration, the easier it is to remember to celebrate…no matter what.
For more on timeline shifts, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more on fifth-dimensional realities, see The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness By DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Story
19 Jan 2013 - 2:16pm
We are just beginning to transcribe William LePar's Bible Study classes from the late 1970's to early 1980's. As we do this we uncover gems that have awaited rediscovery and presentation. This is a very good sample of the insight that Bill presents in these classes.
John 1 Verse 5. Readings from 3 Bibles:
"And the light shines in darkness. A darkness which was not able to master it."
"The light that shines in the dark. A light that darkness could not overpower."
"And the light shines on the darkness for the darkness has never overpowered it, put it out or has not absorbed it, has not appropriated it, and is unreceptive to it."
In his statement the light shines in the darkness and the darkness could not put it out. John says that just as sure as there is light, there is a darkness. There is a darkness just as real, just as forceful, just as commanding as there is a force that is light. The eternal light shines in the darkness of man’s natural consciousness. Man has an innate sense of the divine word and that innate sense of the divine word is one of the very powers of that divine word. The innate sense is a natural inner knowing that there is something higher than you, something that created you. Whether you are aware of it or not, whether you would call it a god or not, man has a natural knowingness that there is something higher and he always reaches for that gift from the highest.
Even the most primitive of natives worship a god. From where does their idea of a god come? Even in a jungle where there are no machines, no radios, still they worship idols. Why? Because there is that innate sense. There is an inner knowing. That is part of the divine word. That is one of the facets of the divine word. Sooner or later, whether you are primitive or whether you are the most wealthy person in the world, if you are not searching for god, there is going to be a knowing inside. There is going to be an eating inside. You may spend an entire lifetime running away from that feeling, but that is exactly what you will be doing – spending your entire life running, if you do not turn around and start searching. You cannot escape. It is impossible. The most wretched person that you know, the meanest, a murderer, knows that there is something higher inside whether he wants to admit it or not.
God has permitted the negativity of man to create a force equal to God, but on the dark side. That force though will never overcome the Godhead. Man has created this force or spirit. John says there is nothing that exists that God has not created. God has created everything, but He has allowed his creations free will. He does not say, you cannot do this or that, you cannot live your lifestyle, I want you to live this lifestyle. He gives you the free choice. You could say when God put us in the Garden of Eden, we were not satisfied with our position, so we wanted a little more than what God gave us. We took a bite from an apple or we could say when God brought spirit into existence, spirit was not happy with its coexistence with God. It wanted to create on its own, so it created material, the physical, we came and got trapped in our own creation. Whatever way you want to put it. It is all the same thing.
If God did not create darkness then how did it get so powerful? We feed it. Each and every one of us. When we do something that we know is not an act of love we are feeding that darkness. As we feed the darkness we are tapping into the darkness and we can become a vehicle of that darkness. We can point a finger at anybody and project evilness to a person whether it is physically pointing or mentally pointing. We can collect; we are tapped into both channels. We control which force is flowing through us – the light or the dark. It is as if you have two plugs coming out of your back. One is plugged in to the source of light and one is plugged in to the source of darkness. You have master switches. You turn one on and the other one off. They work automatically. When one comes on the other goes off. You choose whether you want to tap into the source of darkness or whether you want to tap into the source of light and you can project every atom of energy of that evilness, that darkness.
John says no matter how the darkness tried it could not put out the light, nor will it ever put out the light. The creating force can never be extinguished by that which is its creation. God created us in a perfect state. That is the example given in Adam and Eve. We were in a Garden of Eden. The Garden of Eden could have been God creating us in a spiritual form and allowing us to coexist with Him in that setting, but we were not satisfied. We wanted more. We wanted to create beyond Him. So He gave us a playground – the universe.
To summarize what is said above: God did not create darkness. He did not create evil. His creations, His subjects, His children, did the dirty work. They did the creating of the darkness, not God, and God loved us so much that He allowed us to do that. He wanted us to have free will, free choice. That is why you and I are responsible for the darkness, nobody else, and nothing else. The only way to eliminate the darkness is to turn the switch off, stop feeding it, and turn on the other switch. Start taking new life into us. The more that we start tapping into the light source the less the dark source will have to feed on, because one is an adding to and the other is a taking away. One is positive and one is negative. Active, passive. You find that similarity running through everything. The light is the God given force, that is the creating force, that is the energy. The darkness is the subtraction, the drawing away. Each time you go closer to the dark side you go further away from the light thus it is harder to tap into the light. Darkness stands for the natural existence of all those who hate the good. John states that the darkness can hate the Christ, the love aspect of God, but it can never rid itself of him. It can never get rid of him. Not all the darkness there is in this entire universe can extinguish one little flicker of light. You take a candle, even a smaller one, I do not care how dark a room is, I do not care how vast the room is, can that darkness put it out? No. Yet that little candle can light up an awfully big area. That little candle in a dark room, I don’t care how big the room is, can be seen from quite a distance. That is an example on a physical level. Just as that exists on a physical level that exists on a spiritual level too, on the next level.
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 12:30pm
Brain Wave States & How To Access Them
synthesislearning.com/article/brwav.htm
The brain produces four main types of brain wave which are shown by EEG readings. Each type of brain wave produces the listed effects at specific frequencies:
Beta Brain Waves (13-30 cycles per second). The fastest, representing the most intense state of alertness. The result of heightened mental activity. Maximum mind power. All five external senses, logical mind, memory from the five senses & logical thinking.
Alpha Brain Waves (8 to 12 cycles per second) This brain wave indicates a relaxed state of mind.. State of relaxed alertness, good for inspiration and learning facts fast. A meditative mind. In this state tap into internal “antenna” like qualities. Visions, powerful ideas, mindless creation of the incredible. Internal feeling & sensations.
Theta Brain Waves (4 to 8 cycles per second) Deep meditation. Deep inward thought. This is associated with life-like imagination. High state of mental concentration. A magical mind. Internal pictures / visualisation. Intuition, inner guidance. Access to unconscious material. Dreaming.
Delta Brain Waves (0.5 to 4 cycles per second) Deep dreamless sleep. Deep relaxation. State of oneness, whole body feeling. Pure being & will.
Studies have shown that learning in Alpha State enhances the performance of students. It also develops the interest of studies in students more than they have ever learned in tense environment. Frequent gaps of 2 to 3 minutes after every 30 minute study period relaxes their minds and the alpha state will prove its efficiency with great ease and fun. But learning is more than just absorbing information, so changing the state of mind to operate Beta, Alpha and Theta is most likely to produce the best learning, cognition and creativity, while also staying in a relaxed state.
Exercises to access the brain wave states
I have developed the exercises below to attain the separate specific brain waves which can then be added together as you desire. All four at once is quite an experience!
Beta brain wave — Become hyper aware of your 5 senses, notice what you can smell, the taste in your mouth, what your hands are touching, become acutely aware of what you hear and see. Having done this you will know that you are in beta due to the intense external input and the total lack of awareness of your body, feelings or sensations.
Alpha brain wave — Try the following exercise first with your eyes open & then repeat it with your eyes closed. Take a deep breath, hold it and notice the sensations as your heart beats three times, relax & breath out — repeat 3X. Breathe in and out slowly to a count of 4, as you do so notice how your body feels —relaxed & warm.
Theta brain wave — do this after the alpha brain wave exercise. Close your eyes and visualise a sacred cup where your heart is (or another object of your choice) hold this picture for several minutes. Breathe in and out slowly.
Delta brain waves — do this after the other exercises, become aware & notice a warm sensation in your heart, now this sensation flow down and then spread out until it fills all of your body — one sensation.
Using CDs to access the brainwave states and improve learning
There several companies who produce CDs for different states normally in combination or for specific purposes e.g. concentration, relaxation, creativity, “Einsteinian like thinking”, etc. These are useful to obtain the desired states when you need to do something but cannot get yourself in the desired state and also to train the brain and body so you can whenever you want to.
The slower the brain frequency the faster the learning. In theta learning can be 1 time and in alpha as much as 20 times to absorb information (see below).
Brain Waves and Age
The table below tells the patterns of brain wave activity across different ages and states of awareness with the number of repetitions required to learn new behaviour patterns.
NB. the repetitions are for new behaviour not information but information is also absorbed quicker in lower brain wave patterns.
From birth to four, babies' brains operate in the delta state, with brain waves running below 4 cycles per second. In adults, this level of brain wave activity is experienced in the deepest levels of sleep.
From four to seven, children operate in theta state, with brain waves running between four and seven cycles per second. In adults, this level of brain wave activity is experienced during sleep and also during states of fear when the body goes into a 'fight or flight' response. This is a powerful level from which to initiate change. In this state, we only need one or two experiences of learning to change behaviour.
From the ages seven to fourteen, we live in the alpha state of seven to fourteen cycles per second. In adults, this is associated with light sleep, meditation, or eyes closed relaxation. At this level effective learning can take place after about 21 repetitions. Practice a new behaviour for 21 consecutive days and that behaviour becomes a habit. Research has shown that strong levels of physical healing can take place when the brain is at 10 cycles per second.
From puberty through adulthood the brain operates in the beta state, 14 - 21 cycles per second. This is experienced in the normal state of eyes open, awake and alert. In this state it may take many thousands of repetitions to learn a new behaviour. To create significant change in our lives at this level takes extensive deal of time and effort. (This section on age comes from www.nlplearningsystems.com )
Brain waves and health
Delta & Theta brain waves are very good for health in general and are normally obtained by sleep but for students or others who work too hard, accessing them at the same time as other brain waves is rejuvenating.
An excess of Delta usually indicates depression, either physical or emotional and sleep problems.
Many researchers have noted a discrepancy between the EEG of subjects with learning disabilities or ADD and normal subjects. Typically, the ADD subjects were characterized by brain activity on the slower end of the frequency spectrum "The most important characteristic is either an excessive amount of theta activity, a lack of beta activity or a combination of these" Lubar, J. F. (1985). EEG biofeedback and learning disabilities. Theory into Practice, 24(2), 106-111
Important Medical Warning
One manufacturer (Brain Sound Studio TM) recommends that the studio and therefore by inference the binaural sounds should not be used by pregnant women, those using a pacemaker, and those who have had or are prone to seizures or are epileptic.
Therefore I recommend that if you have a medical condition or are on medication please print this out and see a Medical Doctor to check if you are at risk before you use any binaural type music.
Specific Brain Frequencies
The information below shows the effects of specific frequencies within each brain wave frequency range:
Delta Brain Waves ( O.5 to 4Hz)
0.5 Hz - Relaxation, helps soothe headaches
0.5 - 1.5 Hz - Pain relief. Endorphin release
0.9 Hz - Euphoric feeling
1 Hz - Well being. Harmony and balance
2.5 Hz - Production of endogenous opiates (pain killers, reduce anxiety)
2.5 Hz - Relieves migraine pain. Produces endogenous opiates
3.4 Hz - Helps achieve restful sleep
3.5 Hz - Feeling of unity with everything. Whole being regeneration
3.9 Hz - Self renewal, enhanced inner awareness
4.0 Hz - Enkephalin release for reduced stress
4.0 Hz - Allows brain to produce enkaphalins, all natural pain killer
4.0 Hz - Full memory scanning. Releases enkephalins
4.0 Hz - Vital for memory and learning. Problem solving, object naming
1 - 3 Hz - Profound relaxation, restorative sleep. Tranquillity and peace
Theta Brain Waves ( 4 to 8 Hz)
4.5 Hz - Brings about Shamanic/Tibetan state of consciousness, Tibetan chants.
4.9 Hz - Induce relaxation and deeper sleep
4.9 Hz - Introspection. Relaxation, meditation
5 Hz - Reduces sleep required. Theta replaces need for extensive dreaming
5.35 Hz - Allows relaxing breathing, free and efficient
5.5 Hz - Inner guidance, intuition
6.5 Hz - Centre of Theta frequency. Activates creative frontal lobe
7.5 Hz - Activates creative thought for art, invention, music. Problem solving
7.5 Hz - Ease of overcoming troublesome issues
7.83 Hz - Schumann earth resonance. Grounding, meditative, Leaves you revitalized
3 - 8 Hz - Deep relaxation, meditation. Lucid dreaming
3 - 8 Hz - Increased memory, focus, creativity
4 - 7 Hz - Profound inner peace, emotional healing. Lowers mental fatigue
4 - 7 Hz - Deep meditation, near-sleep brainwaves.
Alpha brain waves ( 8 to 12Hz)
8- 10 Hz Super-learning new information, memorisation, not comprehension.
8.22 Hz - Associated with the mouth. Brings creativity
10 Hz - Enhanced serotonin release. Mood elevation, arousal, stimulant
10 Hz - Provides relief from lost sleep, improves general mood
10 Hz - Mood elevator. Used to dramatically reduce headaches
10 Hz - Clarity, subconscious correlation. Releases serotonin
11 Hz - Relaxed yet awake state
12 Hz - Centering, mental stability.
11 - 14 Hz - Increased focus and awareness
12 - 14 Hz - Learning frequency, good for absorbing information passively
Beta brain waves ( 13 to 30Hz)
14 Hz - Awakeness, alert. Concentration on tasks, Focusing, vitality.
16 Hz - Bottom of hearing range. Releases oxygen/calcium into cells
12 - 15 Hz - Relaxed focus, improved attentive abilities
13 - 27 Hz - Promotes focused attention toward external stimuli
13 - 30 Hz - Problem solving, conscious thinking
18-24 Hz — Euphoria, can result in headaches, anxiety.
NB. Frequencies in italics cover more than one brain wave frequency range.
The release of endorphins by the delta brainwave can also be achieved by meditation, runners high, breathing exercises, etc
In my opinion the brain waves and the specific frequencies could be used to help explain how many healing techniques work with more research, case studies and relation to other scientific disciplines.
References:
www.Binaural-Beats.com and Brain Sound Studio TM
Another site for CDs is www.prohypnosis.com
For those who like a challenge the Tibetan Exercise of Paradox creates all four states at once — Cynthia Rose Young Schlosser
I primarily work within the Alpha and Theta. All my shamanic journeys are held within the Theta brain wave. Before I receive any telepathic message I put myself into an Alpha state that sometimes reaches as far as Theta. I achieve this through meditation with certain sounds within meditation music. Chants and Bells work really well for me. Once in awhile I have reached Gamma.
Teaching
19 Jan 2013 - 11:49am
The Space Around Thoughts
By Donna Rockwell, Psy.D.
www.psychalive.org/2012/12/the-space-around-thoughts/
Life. Running here and there. Pre-occupied with this and that. Swept away by one thought or another. We barely have time enough to notice time passing, never mind the preposterous proposition, dare I say, to notice not just our thoughts, but the space around them: a momentary peripheral reverberation, an infinitesimal synaptic break between cognitions, the very slightest of pauses, a hiccup in the assembly line of thought production, when thought-after-thought-after-thought finally cease cascading like dominoes, responsible for the myopic blur that so often stands against our yearning for greater sanity. It’s too bad, really, because in-between is where the magic lies.
In order to contemplate notions of big “E” Enlightenment, or more aptly applied perhaps, in striving for the dynamical capacity for enlightened living, self-actualizing, or moving into a more attuned intrapersonal alignment, Welwood (2000) stresses the critical importance of exploring one’s whole cognitive gestalt, and all the parts that make up its sum:
Our addiction to the grasping tendency of mind causes us to overlook the spaces around thoughts, the felt penumbra that gives our experience its subtle beauty and meaning. Neglecting these fluid spaces within the mindstream contributes to a general tendency to over-identify with the contents of our mind, and to assume that we are the originator and custodian of them. The troublesome equation “I = my thoughts about reality” creates a narrowed sense of self, along with an anxiety about our thoughts as territory we have to defend. (p. 53)
Meditation practice is perfectly suited to train the mind to see that there is no territory to defend after all, and our true nature, like strata, is far deeper than we know. While sitting on the cushion, those who practice meditation are able to slow down the mental processes of their minds as a pre-Olympic trial in preparation for the real event: slowing down the mind during life off the cushion, or, in other words, in the existential reality of every day. It is too much to expect to learn such difficult lessons of self-control, skillful means, and self-mastery while cycling through the ups and downs of what often feels like a rat race. Because of the chaotic environment inherent in our obligatory life marathon, it becomes essential to sit, with great discipline, in one place, remaining quiet and still for good stretches of time, to train the mind to be able to be in the here-and-now of the present moment, and not end up like a leaf caught in the wind, floating wherever the fickle mindstream might take it.
Mindful awareness meditation focuses on development of an attitude of calm abiding, and then, in the space of that clearing, the cultivation of insight (shamatha-vipassana), helping to clean out long-collected mental cobwebs and outdated emotional stockpiles, revealing to the meditator a natural luminosity of mind that would have been otherwise overlooked, or missed in plain sight in the speediness of the “natural attitude” of ordinary thinking rather than “open viewings, of returning to things and being with them” (Moustakas, 1994, p. 58). In the “Memorial Address,” philosopher Martin Heidegger suggests a certain type of Being-with when he describes the phenomena of Andenken, or “thinking toward” (Stambaugh, 1990, p. 90) as “a kind of waiting, not a passive waiting, but a very attentive, intense one” (p. 87). Stambaugh says Inständigkeit, or a posture of “indwelling,” underwrites this quality of attending to:
Inständigkeit or perdurance is a kind of intensely perceptive sticking something through, sticking it out, perhaps something akin to what we do when we try to recall something we’ve forgotten. It reminds me of what Buddhist thinker Dogen called “sustained exertion.” (p. 87)
With sustained exertion and indwelling with the whole of the experience (thoughts as well as the spaces around them), we can see “what it is that Heidegger wants us to let go of” to “lead us back to the direction of Being” (p. 87), emphasizing that man’s “special nature” is that he or she is, essentially, a “meditative being” (Heidegger, 1966, p. 56).
Therefore, the issue is the saving of man’s essential nature. Therefore, the issue is keeping meditative thinking alive.
Yet releasement toward things and openness to the mystery never happen of themselves. They do not befall us accidentally. Both flourish only through persistent, courageous thinking. (p. 56)
In the absence of such discipline and intentionality, such courage to be, we often find ourselves lost in mental and physical diversions and interpersonal flare-ups that amount to nothing more, when seen straight through, than hair-trigger responses to stress. Sadly, we are blind to all that we do to ourselves, and each other, because we do not take the time to sit still and examine what the heck is going on in what Buddhist psychology smilingly calls our “monkey mind.” How can we once and for all tame that jumpy monkey?
As meditators meditate, they start to see in textural and structural ways their unique Being-in-the-World, as well as their more universal aspects, in, if not slow motion, at least, slower motion than usual. With a concerted practice, the temporal awareness of one’s being in all its multiplicity starts to spiral in ways that inform the past-present-future paradox as a more enlivened phenomenology that says a hearty “yes” to integration, flow, congruence, empathic transference, and a vast spatiality that grows freshly and spontaneously out of a grounding in the being of one’s Being. It comes as somewhat of a shocking revelation that our core essence is one of “basic goodness” or Buddha nature (as opposed to the more popular notion of “original sin”), discovered by looking with razor-like precision at the mind. As the meditation teacher Pema Chodron says, basic goodness gives us “the capacity to be touched, by being open to the whole thing.”
In one particular moment, though, during no moment in particular, stripped finally of all the labels, recriminations, external judgment, self-loathing, and weaving of storyline, exhausted and spent from meditation’s primary edict to “return to the out breath” over and over again (over oh so many years), the icon slips at last off the mantle on which it had been long worshipped. The false self finds itself shattered on the floor, destroyed in the awareness of the truth of emptiness (form is emptiness and emptiness is form), taken aback by the eureka, mind-blowing moment of satori, the deliverance into the quiet calm of no-self, and the sweetly unfolding eternality of the now.
All the wisdom in the world is located in the gaps between breaths, in the space between thoughts, a meditation teacher once said during a formal sitting practice. But mindfulness provides no easy kick-start, requiring thereafter a personal hyper-vigilance, a growing awareness and friend-making approach toward one’s discursive patterns and internal chatter: Andenken and Inständigkeit, a thinking toward and indwelling in it. While satori’s song provides a new and sometimes soothing soundtrack for the meditator, a recalibration of the existential symphony, as Epstein (1995) points out, “Even when the obvious extremes of the false self have been divested, there is a tendency to replace them with subtler versions of the same impulse” (p. 70). As a rallying cry for the necessary development of equanimity to face and vanquish such unconscious drives and concealments, Ram Dass famously offers up the following mantra: “Ah, interesting.”
It is good news that insights obtained from this new awakenedness never go completely away. Realized as “primordial,” somewhere, awakened mind is always accessible. Yet, at the same time, the meditator learns that grasping after it is fruitless. It is attainable only through glimpses that appear from time to time from behind the overcast sky of the “natural attitude.” Reaching mind’s radiant luminosity takes great practice, patience, and diligence, over oh so many years.
But we can take heart—Zen masters have left behind a clue. As Welwood advocates, rather than solely focusing on thoughts and the content of thoughts, the this and the that of our experience, the him and the her, the we and the they, the materiality and daily grind of cause-and-effect, we can remember to explore the space around thoughts, the space between them. What is found in the gap between the out-breath and the in-breath? Where is mind then? Who are you in those spaces? Who are you in those gaps?
Zen masters say, ponder these things.
Dr. Donna Rockwell, Psy.D., L.P. is a licensed clinical psychologist, adjunct faculty member, community outreach worker, columnist, and mindfulness meditation teacher. Dr. Rockwell specializes in both mindfulness and celebrity mental health. She works with clients in her private practice and teaches public meditation classes. You can watch Dr. Rockwell on YouTube or read more of her blogs at The New Existentialists.
video
19 Jan 2013 - 11:32am
one of my favourite Satsangs
Blog entry
19 Jan 2013 - 9:29am
Let us remove from our mind and heart all feelings that bar the influx of true happiness.
If by giving up small thoughts, unkind action, and harsh words,
we can earn the right to this happiness,
should we not try with all our strength?
As we rise at morn, let us hail the Awakener of day with a joyous heart.
Let us hold the spirit of Truth steadfastly in our thought, that
nothing may sadden our spirit.
God is Bliss, and as long as we can hold Him in our inner life,
in our mind, and in our soul, there will be no room for
sadness and sorrow.
" That happiness which belongs to a mind which by deep meditation has been
washed clean from all impurity and has entered within the Self, cannot be
described by words. It can be felt by inward power only. "
~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ** o O o ** ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Typed from: HEALING MEDITATIONS
by Swami Paramananda
Vedanta Center Publishers
Namaste ~
Story
18 Jan 2013 - 7:08pm
As Your KUNDALINI Rises so does Your Spiritual Awareness
Ascended Master, Serapis Bey’s Weekly Message ~ January 18 – 25, 2013
Received by, Julie Miller
January 18, 2013
Each person has this incredible and sacred energy, it is your life force and for many it is dormant and closed up – this energy we speak of today is your precious Kundalini energy. By those dear souls that have been successful to tap into this energy understands that it is an astounding powerhouse of divine planetary energy that lives within each of you and has the profound ability to access the entire universe. Your coiled energy rests within your Base Chakra and it is this chakra and energy that will join you with the energy of your Earth. To some people, this energy is also described as the Serpent’s Light, this sacred light cleanses your entire inner body as it rises and it is clearly understood by those that have accessed this powerhouse as a natural healing energy that is most beneficial. The energy of your awareness dear ones is due to the energy of the Kundalini that is waiting to be uncoiled. Of all the metaphysical energies you are able to utilize this one is one of the most powerful.
This sacred universal energy is opened to everyone but when you look for information regarding this powerful energy you will be directed to the wisdom of the East, mainly India. Even within some yogic practices this energy is not fully understood, but it has gained the interest of some medical scientists. Kundalini dear ones is a Sanskrit word that defines as meaning “she who is coiled”. There is much to be learned in regards of this energy and how it is understood by the earliest people of India. It is treated with respect and admiration.
Why we encourage the Kundalini energy to be respected is mainly due to its ability to not choose of what is good or bad – it does not discern. Many dear souls that are beginning to evolve within their spirituality may feel a rise of Kundalini energy as this energy is released from your Base Chakra and as it moves throughout your inner body, it working to open all your chakras. This curled up preternatural energy will rise upwards and through its movement it will energize each chakra it moves through and bringing them to their full operating potential.
The Kundalini energy has deep rooted connections with the Sun and has been described as a Solar Energy. This sacred energy does not only aid and increase your life energy and sexual energy but its healing energy improves the overall function of your mind, body and soul.
Not everyone is aware when their Kundalini awakens, but understand this dear ones, when it does awaken it brings great change into your life that is both uplifting and positive that empowers you to live to your own highest potential within your insight, creativity and personal energy. The Kundalini energy is well known to being the main source for all creative intellect and psychic abilities. When this sacred energy awakens and begins to uncoil you will experience new opportunities become available and they are presented to assist you with your life, to flourish and express who you truly are.
Some dear souls when experiencing the rise of their Kundalini often undergo various feelings and vibrations which may often feel like a stinging or crawling sensation under one’s skin, as well as itching, and other similar sensory perceptions. Many dear souls have noticed cramping, sometimes muscular twitching and disorientation. This is the time you may be able to hear your guides speaking to you; you will feel a tingling surrounding your Crown Chakra. Kundalini energy is also associated with heat, this means dear ones you will feel greatly over-heated from the inside as a results nausea may be a result. Even with us providing you with the possible symptoms of your rising Kundalini it is always a wise choice to know your body well from the inside out. Some of the symptoms to this awakening energy could easily be from something else that is not related to your Kundalini rising. Always be aware of your body, it is your body and you are to know it better than anyone. As your Kundalini rises so your will your level of consciousness and your connection to the Divine will be more secure.
Understand dear ones once this sacred energy has uncurled itself and is rising you will eventually discover an increase of spiritual awareness as your Crown Chakra unfolds and opens. Realize dear ones this can take many months or years before your Kundalini has its full rising awareness and potential.
You can begin working on your Kundalini energy when you commit to working on your chakras and to balance them, by removing any and all obstacles that may be the cause of the natural flow of your own energy. This will require you to do some soul searching; reflecting on what could be the reasons that are causing your energy to be stagnant and unmoving. Being more involved with your chakras will help you to gain a newer level of spiritual, emotional and physical happiness and comfort.
What can also occur dear ones is your Kundalini rising when you are also going through high levels of stress and trials in your life, sometimes during meditation, fasting, even while practicing yoga. It is important to be aware that even though this sacred energy is extremely healing, depending on your sensitivity this energy may also affect you in a few disagreeable ways that will dissolve over an unprecedented amount of time. During the times you set aside to pray, meditate or for yoga this energy very likely may be released. Embrace this energy as uncurls and moves up through your chakras until it reaches its destination within the Crown Chakra which will cause incredible vibrations of energy to move throughout your entire body.
Fully realize dear ones; your precious soul has the ability to reach its ultimate potential when the sacred Kundalini energy rises up through your chakras towards the Divine Masculinity of the Crown Chakra. Kundalini is understood as a feminine energy and the union of the Crown Chakra and the Kundalini is also known as the connection of the creative and sexual energies – it is basis of your own evolution.
Let us guide you to some deeper understanding of the Kundalini energy force. This energy as you understand rises from the Base Chakra. It moves at its own pace depending on you and the work you have done in regards of clearing and balancing not only your chakras but any obstacles that may have caused stagnation. The Kundalini energy rises up through each chakra, activating each one until it reaches its prime destination in the Crown Chakra. This sacred healing energy ascends through a canal within your spinal cord. This canal delivers a dominant connection that links with your inner electrical system from where your peripheral spinal nerves of your body connect and relate with your brain.
Your Kundalini energy will rise along two distinct paths, a male and female path. Consider your Kundalini base energy connecting and including the incoming flow of Divine energy that is provided by the most esteemed Divine Spirit otherwise known as God. This current of energy builds pressure which will create the forces of energy to move and rotate. As the energies in the masculine and feminine cross over and rise within each positive and negative junction passing will create a Chakra that many relate as a flower.
Understand dear ones that the Kundalini energy will combine and bring together the male and female polarizations within each of you and this energy in infinite; it has no inhibiting restraints inside or outside of yourself. Once this energy has uncurled itself and has risen, it will create an opening of your Crown Chakra and this will be the result of an increase of your own spiritual awareness.
The rising of your Kundalini may easily happen suddenly. You may feel very much as if a snake is indeed unwrapping itself from your Base Chakra and you may feel each chakra become activated as it rises. Embrace and rejoice in these feelings, do not fear them, allow the energy to move through you naturally. Once your Kundalini begins to rise you are not to rush this process. Allow yourself to feel each stage knowing the completion of the Kundalini journey may take several months to several years.
When you are completely aware that your Kundalini is rising we encourage you to refrain from caffeinated beverages, reducing cigarette smoking or any other form of self-indulgence that you know can create blockages within your body. Make a point to reduce any stress that accompanies you through your journey by meditating, massage and other healing remedies that work best for you. Allow your heart to guide you to what will most effective for you. Understand dear ones this is your journey. Each of you may experience some similarities but truthfully each one is different. But what is essential for all journeyers is your thirst for knowledge. Become your own Kundalini expert through your tenacious spirit to learn all you can in regards to this area and how it will benefit each part of your life. Embrace the courage to speak to others that may have experienced their own Kundalini rising. You are not comparing notes; you are sharing, learning and ultimately growing.
I AM Ascended Master, Serapis Bey through Julie Miller
Teaching
18 Jan 2013 - 2:20pm
A New Slant on Vulnerability: Courage Not Conformity
By Robert W. Firestone, Ph.D.
http://www.psychalive.org/2012/03/a-new-slant-on-vulnerability-courage-not-conformity/
[This blog contains excerpts from an interview with Dr. Robert Firestone by Fred Branfman, political activist and author of Voices from the Plain of Jars.]
Part II
Fred Branfman: When most people think of the word “courage,” they think of people who fight wars, jump out of airplanes, do cross-country skiing, extreme sports. What do you mean by the term “courage?”
Dr. Robert Firestone: The courage to live according to your principles, and to tolerate the pain or the anxiety of being different from other people, of being creative, of living a unique existence; the courage to face death with equanimity. To stand by one’s beliefs is part of that, too. It takes courage to stand behind one’s beliefs when they run counter to a society or a group or pressures from other people.
Being a nonconformist—not defiant or rebellious—requires unusual courage and dedication, because we tend to feel considerable guilt and fear when we break with tradition. It increases our feelings of aloneness and isolation. We are also faced with the threat of retaliation from others, because the views we stand for are different from those of the majority and may arouse their existential anxiety.
FB: An archetypal example of courage in our society is the cowboy who rides into town and protects it from outlaws, risking his life.
RF: I’m not discounting that. Taking action, going against the fear and yet taking appropriate action, is courageous. I’m impressed with people who fight for their belief systems, and will fight against tyranny. I see that as courage.
FB: It’s interesting because what you have been describing in relation to vulnerability is another kind of courage—the courage to feel painful feelings. To be able to cry…
RF: To be truthful, to cry, to feel…
FB: Yet often the people who seem to have the courage to risk their lives are not vulnerable personally…
RF: There are different aspects to courage. A person can be courageous in one area but not in another. The true courage is to value your life and still fight for what’s right.
FB: I was thinking one of the problems American society has in this area, for example, the last time I can remember a political leader crying in public was Ed Muskie. And as a result of his crying, he had to drop out of the Presidential race. It almost seems like our leaders are forced to project invulnerability, the image that they have all the answers…
RF: There are times to cry and times to not cry, appropriately. I think a combination of those traits is important. I think it’s very important to not react in terms of feeling at various times in life, in coping with certain kinds of situations. It’s a balance of being emotional about the appropriate emotional issues, and finding rational, practical solutions to life. You’re allowing yourself to feel freely but, on an action level, you’re concerned with reality issues and your values. So it’s very important to balance emotionality with rationality.
FB: Could you talk a little bit about why people might want to think about the case for being more vulnerable, being willing to tolerate more pain in their life. Why is that a desirable state for people?
RF: Partly because you can’t suppress parts of yourself without hurting or damaging other parts. What we’re talking about in being “vulnerable” is being alive to your life; being fully emotionally responsive in regard to what’s happening—that’s living your life. Whereas in blocking out your feelings, you’re limiting your aliveness, you’re deadening yourself. In remaining defended, you’re restricting your life in countless ways in order to avoid the full emotional experience of living, which includes both ups and downs.
I’ve also found that, in general, people who remain vulnerable and open to experiencing painful emotions are more willing to take appropriate risks in life and are more humane toward others. In being vulnerable, they are also better able to face death straight forwardly without becoming delusional or creating solutions to reduce or deny existential realities. As Robert J. Lifton put it, “To live with ambiguity is to accept vulnerability.” A person can face life with all of their feelings at the moment—anger, fear, pain, sadness—and not become cynical or despairing. Vulnerability means having the courage to live and cope with life, all the while maintaining the full potential of being human.
Teaching
18 Jan 2013 - 2:11pm
On Being Vulnerable: Part I
By Robert W. Firestone, Ph.D.
http://www.psychalive.org/2012/02/on-being-vulnerable-part-i/
[This blog contains excerpts from an interview with Dr. Robert Firestone by Fred Branfman, political activist and author of Voices from the Plain of Jars]
Vulnerable: “A weak position, defenseless, helpless, exposed, at risk, in danger”
Fred Branfman: In our culture the idea of being vulnerable is associated with being fearful, anxious, and weak. For example, politicians and business leaders tend to project an air of invulnerability. In contrast, one of your central ideas is that vulnerability is an adaptive and desirable state to live in. I’d never thought about it that way before. What exactly do you mean by the word “vulnerable”?
Robert Firestone: It’s a complicated issue, but looking at it existentially, we only have one life to live. The essential idea is to live it as fully as possible, to experience all of your emotions, all your perceptions, all your thoughts, all your ideas. But when we’re damaged, we block out a lot of our potential to realize the fullness of our existence. Early in life, we build defenses against interpersonal pain, separation anxiety, and existential fears. Yet the very defenses that once protected us as children and were appropriate to our survival emotionally are no longer appropriate and they limit our life experience as adults.
So when we talk about being vulnerable, we’re talking about living without defense, or with minimal defense, that is, taking a chance, going after everything we believe in, everything we desire. Living the fullness of our existence and taking our lives seriously.
FB: But I’ve heard a lot of people say, “When I’m fully alive, I’m climbing mountains, I’m flying airplanes, and I’m feeling invulnerable.”
RF: When I’m talking about being vulnerable, I’m talking about being alive in spirit rather than being blunted or damaged in that spirit by psychological defenses. A funny way to put it is that you have to be a sucker, a fool. When you think about death, the odds are worse than in Vegas. The odds are totally against you and yet you have to choose life in the face of that alternative. In a sense, you have to be a fool to invest in life, because you’re investing in something you can’t keep.
So what I recommend is that you be the fool; that you take a chance on life, that you invest fully in people, that you invest your trust in other people. You live according to the philosophy that “it’s better to love and lose than to never love at all.” Paradoxically, to live with that philosophy is more adaptive.
First of all, in leading an open, honest life and taking chances, you’re more likely to succeed in meeting your goals. And secondly, let’s say you fall in love with someone and offer them everything, and they reject you. You’ve been a fool from a conventional standpoint but, in reality, you’ve had your life and, in the end, you’re still adaptive.
You can afford to love and be rejected; that’s something people don’t fully realize. But you’re strong enough, you’re not a child anymore. Your defenses are based upon a child’s outlook. But now that we’re adults, we can handle almost any eventuality in life. We don’t need to be guarded; and not because everything will work out well. It’s not a Pollyannaish point of view. We can afford to be in a situation where it doesn’t work out well because we still survive as long as we have our feelings. We don’t need defenses to cope.
FB: But when we’re vulnerable, aren’t we also fearful, anxiety-stricken, powerless? Don’t we also feel weak?
RF: When we’re vulnerable, it simply means that we’re capable of pursuing our goals, wants, and intentions, and we’re able to deal with the consequence on a feeling level. And that includes a variety of feelings, some of which are frightening, some of which are very joyful and exciting—it’s a wide range of experience. If you live fully, there will be much joy and a certain amount of pain, too. So we’re not trying to protect against feeling. What I’m saying is that you can afford to feel and, in a feeling state, you’re better able to cope effectively with your life.
FB: I’ve heard you say that the key to being vulnerable is a willingness to tolerate emotional pain, in the pursuit of your life…
RF: …as well as joy, as well as positive things, and love, too. All require vulnerability. People find it difficult to tolerate love, they tend to push it away and regulate the distance between themselves and other people. That’s part of their defense. That way they’re not risking as much emotionally; they are not willing to be hurt again. But it never works and ultimately they will be hurt in love relationships, by the loss of their loved ones.
FB: To what extent does being vulnerable involve reaching out to others, asking people for help, to be supported by others rather than trying to do it all on your own?
RF: Part of being vulnerable is asking for what you want, stating it cleanly and directly, turning to others appropriately. It’s not being totally self-sufficient, which is what our critical voices tell us. They tell us to be self-sufficient or pseudo-independent, such things as “Don’t rely on other people, you can’t trust them, etc.”
Being generous in response to what someone else needs, that’s being vulnerable, too, because you can get hurt offering kindness, affection, or love. People often get hurt in reaching out to others and by being generous and giving. So being vulnerable is being willing to be hurt, either way, by asking for or by offering love and affection.
I consider vulnerability as being fully open to the experience of living. A major goal in my therapeutic approach is to help clients lead adult, autonomous, adventurous lives and experience the full range of their emotions.
Robert W. Firestone, Ph.D., is a clinical psychologist, author, and artist. He is the Consulting Theorist for the non-profit, The Glendon Association. Author of many books including Voice Therapy, The Fantasy Bond, Fear of Intimacy and Beyond Death Anxiety, he has also published more than 30 professional articles and chapters and produced 35 video documentaries.
